Quarterlytics / Beverages - Alcoholic / C&C Group

C&C Group

ccr · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker ccr
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Beverages - Alcoholic
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · C&C Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A LEADING 
MANUFACTURER, 
MARKETER AND 
DISTRIBUTOR OF 
BRANDED LONG 
ALCOHOLIC DRINKS 
BASED IN IRELAND 
AND THE UK

Annual Report and Accounts 2011

OPERATING AND STRATEGIC HIGHLIGHTS 
MARKET OPERATION 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW  
OPERATIONS REVIEW  
FINANCE REVIEW  
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY  
BOARD OF DIRECTORS  
DIRECTORS’ REPORT  
DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  
REPORT OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE ON DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION   46
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES  
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT  
GROUP INCOME STATEMENT  
GROUP STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
GROUP BALANCE SHEET  
GROUP CASH FLOW STATEMENT  
GROUP STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET  
COMPANY CASH FLOW STATEMENT  
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY  
STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES  
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
SHAREHOLDER AND OTHER INFORMATION  

59

52

62

55

56

61

57

53

60

58

63

1

2

4

6

10

21

26

32

34

38

72

110

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

OPERATING AND STRATEGIC HIGHLIGHTS

R E V E N U E  
€ 7 8 9 . 7 M
O P E R A T I N G   P R O F I T  
€ 1 0 0 . 5 M
F R E E   C A S H   F L O W  
€ 1 0 6 . 8 M
B A S I C   E A R N I N G S   P E R   S H A R E  
9 3 . 4 C
A D J U S T E D   D I L U T E D  
E A R N I N G S   P E R   S H A R E  
2 5 . 4 C  
t h   y e a r   o n   y e a r   v o l u m e  
t h e   g r o w i n g  
l e n g i n g  
  r e m a i n i n g  
i n e .

i n   M a g n e r s   G B   w i
i n g   a n   o u t p e r f o r m a n c e   r e l a t
c i d e r   c a t e g o r y .
  a   c h a l
  a g a i n s t
,
i o n a r y   e n v i r o n m e n t
i n   R O I
f o r   B u l m e r s  
t e   a   2 . 4 %   y e a r   o n   y e a r   v o l u m e   d e c l
i n   a   d e fl a t
  p e r f o r m a n c e  
  d a t a  
t h   e a r n i n g s ,
  3 4 %   y e a r   o n   y e a r   -   m a r k e t
i s   e n j o y i n g  
  d e s p i
i v e l y   fl a t
  c i d e r   a s   a   w o r l d w i d e   c a t e g o r y  
f o r  
  g r o w t h  
  v o l u m e   g r o w t h   o f
t
i m p l y i n g   d o u b l e - d i g i
I r e l a n d .
t h e   U K   a n d  
t h a t
  c i r c a   8 % ,
t h r e e   c i d e r   p r o d u c e r s   a n d   w e l
s u g g e s t
t o r i e s   o u t s i d e  
g r o w t h   o f
i n   c a t e g o r y   g r o w t h .
t e r r i
t e  
t o p  
i n g   m a r g i n   b r o a d l y   u n c h a n g e d   d e s p i
i c i p a t e  
t h e   w o r l d ’ s  
l y   p a r t
l o w e r   m a r g i n  
f u l
t o  
i o n e d  
a c q u i r e d   b u s i n e s s e s .
i n c r e a s e d   w e i g h t
•   O p e r a t
i n v e s t e d   b r a n d s   –   d r i v i n g  
t h e  
  g r o w t h .
m a i n t a i n a b l e   p r o fi t
•   S t r o n g   w e l
t h   m i n i m a l
i n t e g r a t e d   w i
  y e a r   c o n t r i b u t
i v e r y   o f
•   A c q u i r e d   b u s i n e s s e s  
  a   s t r o n g   fi r s t
f o r   d e l
t r a c k  
i o n ,
c u s t o m e r   d i s r u p t
’ s   a n d   o n  
t a r g e t s .
f r o m   T e n n e n t
s y n e r g y  
l o w  
i o n   a n d  
  p l a c e d  
•   S t r o n g   c a s h fl o w   g e n e r a t
  a n d   e x p l o i
l
t h e   G r o u p   w e l
i n v e s t m e n t
t
l e a v e s  
  o p p o r t u n i
i n u e d   b u s i n e s s  
  d e b t
s t r a t e g i c   o r   d e v e l o p m e n t
n e t
m a y   a r i s e .
c o n t

t r e n d   c o n t
  3 . 6 %   r e fl e c t

•   O n e   o f
t
p o s i

i n u e s  

i n g   o f

t h e  

i v e  

t o  

l

l

i o n  

l e v e l s   o f
t o   s u p p o r t
  a n y  
t
i e s   w h i c h  

•   R e c o v e r y  
g r o w t h   o f

•   R o b u s t
b a c k d r o p   w i
r e l a t
•   E x p o r t

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MARKET OPERATION

REPUBLIC OF IRELAND

NORTHERN IRELAND

SCOTLAND

CIDER

CIDER

CIDER

TENNENT’S

TENNENT’S

TENNENT’S

ABI DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS
On-trade and non-transnational off-trade

ABI DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS
Non-transnational on and off-trade

ABI DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS
Non-exclusive on-trade

C&C BRANDS
Bulmers - a premium, traditional blend of Irish cider with an 
authentic clean and refreshing taste.

Gaymers Original Cider - a clean, crisp, easy drinking 
medium cider.

Magners - a premium, traditional blend of Irish cider with a crisp, 
refreshing flavour and a natural authentic character.

Tennent’s Lager is brewed to the highest standards to create a 
lager with a crisp taste and refreshingly clean finish. Tennent’s 
has been made with pride in the heart of Glasgow since 1885, but 
is famous far beyond its home city; Tennent’s Lager is Scotland’s 
best-selling lager.

Blackthorn Cider is a West Country legend and is now one of 
Britain’s best known and widely drunk ciders.

Olde English is made using a unique blend of dessert and cider 
apples, Olde English is enjoyed for its distinctive taste.

Addlestones - a premium cloudy cider, smooth and easy drinking 
thanks to its unique double fermentation process.

Other cider brands include Special Vat, K, Natch and Diamond White.

2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

ENGLAND & WALES

EXPORT

CIDER

CIDER

TENNENT’S

TENNENT’S

LOCATIONS

Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Cyprus
Czech Republic 
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Italy
Luxembourg
Malta
Portugal
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
The Netherlands

USA
Canada
Caribbean

Abu Dhabi
Australia
Bahrain
Hong Kong
Israel
Japan
New Zealand
Qatar
Singapore
Thailand
UAE

GROUP STRATEGy
Our long term strategy is to build a substantial international cider-led, Long Alcohol 
Drinks business through a combination of organic growth and selective acquisitions.

The medium-term strategic goals for the Group are to:

•  consolidate the recovery in our core markets and begin to rebuild growth by  

investing in, and innovating with, our premium brands

•  transform the export business through investment in both brands and infrastructure, 

and the development of strategic alliances where appropriate

enhancing future earnings growth in the business.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

3

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

BUILDING FOR THE FUTURE
The success of any business has to be measured not simply by its 
delivering immediate and positive financial and operational results 
but also by developing strategic and longer term value.

In a year of challenging conditions the Group has made 
considerable progress. Each of our core markets has endured 
uncertainty and volatility but the Board and the senior 
management team have pursued positive strategies to deliver 
sustainable value.

yEAR’S REVIEW
This year has seen further progress in 
the strategic development of the Group. 
We disposed of our Spirits & Liqueurs 
business. This was an attractive business 
with good brands, but was suboptimal in 
scale and the disposal has put the Group 
in a strong focused position. We have 
the financial and operational capability 
to pursue a variety of opportunities that 
will undoubtedly arise and to invest 
behind our increasingly successful brand 
development.

We have seen a strong operational 
business performance. At the start of the 
year the Board agreed a number of key 
objectives that would be benchmarks for 
our performance. Despite the exceptionally 
difficult economic climate in Ireland, these 
have been generally achieved. 

•  In Ireland Bulmers has largely held its 
market share in a tough Long Alcoholic 
Drinks market.

•  In Great Britain Magners has returned 
to sales growth and has outpaced the 
growing cider sector.

The success of this integration and the 
achievement of key objectives in the 
marketplace have produced good financial 
results for the Group. This has put us on 
the front foot to drive our evolution through 
the strengths of our business and brands. 
It is a springboard for the future.

•  With our core markets still affected 
by unpredictability, there is strength 
in exploring new markets. The recent 
growth in North America and Australia is 
most encouraging.

RESTRUCTURING
The year has also been characterised by 
the restructuring of the Group to capitalise 
on our acquisitions last year. The Tennent’s 
and Gaymers brands that were acquired 
are now being integrated successfully 
into the Group, making us a stronger and 
more flexible organisation. The projected 
benefits are being delivered. 

PEOPLE
This is my first year as Chairman of the 
Group, and I would like to thank the 
outgoing Chairman, Tony O’Brien, for 
facilitating such a smooth transition. 
We wish him well for the future. He has 
overseen the business through many 
changes and, most recently, helped to 
steer the Group in particularly difficult 
times.

4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

THE POSITIVE STEPS TAKEN 
TO ENSURE THE STRATEGIC 
POSITION AND OPERATIONAL 
PERFORMANCE OF C&C 
ARE BEGINNING TO DELIVER 
RESULTS. IT IS A TIME FOR 
INITIATIVE IN THE WIDEST 
SENSE AND AT EVERY LEVEL 
IN THE ORGANISATION.

We are aware of the need to plan for Board 
and management succession, as this is 
a vital process. Changed environments 
dictate a need for evolution in every 
organisation in order to ensure its future, 
and C&C is no different. 

There have been many changes in 
personnel as part of preparing the business 
for the future, specifically through the 
integration of the acquired businesses 
and the disposal of the Spirits & Liqueurs 
business. This maintains our momentum 
and our focus and, despite the sizeable shift 
that the changes have entailed, the end-
result is in everybody’s long term interest.

Our staff has experienced another year of 
turbulent economic conditions and I would 
like to thank them for their perseverance 
and for adapting to the financial and market 
circumstances of our trade.

GOVERNANCE
The Board and senior management 
team are committed to maintaining the 
highest standards of governance and 
ethical behaviour throughout the business. 
A statement of our main Governance 
principles and practice is provided on pages 
38 to 45. 

intense pressure relating to the Corporate 
Tax rate specifically but it continues to 
maintain a corporate environment that 
remains attractive to commerce and inward 
investment. This is true of the past and 
will be essential for the future, with many 
associated implications for business, 
employment and the wider social fabric of 
Ireland.

FINANCIALS
Operating profit, before exceptional items, 
for the year amounted to €105 million, 
including discontinued activities. In the 
current climate, this is a satisfying result. 
The business produced a strong free 
cash flow, reaching €106.8 million. In 
addition the disposal of the Group’s Spirits 
& Liqueurs business yielded a gross 
consideration of €300 million in cash. The 
Group’s Net Debt to EBITDA ratio puts it in 
a strong position to take advantage of future 
opportunities. 

DIVIDENDS 
It is proposed to pay a final dividend of  
3.3 cent per share, subject to shareholder 
approval. If approved, this will bring the 
Group’s full year dividend to 6.6 cent per 
share. A scrip dividend alternative will also 
be available.

The Board is now focused on the 
Group’s future strategic direction and 
met in December 2010 to consider a 
new three year plan. The Board is also 
working to ensure its own effectiveness. 
We have undertaken an evaluation of 
the performance of the Board and its 
committees and a continuing review of the 
performance of the individual Directors. 

This year, in anticipation of the new 
requirements of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, all Directors will be 
standing for re-election at the Annual 
General Meeting.

MARKET ENVIRONMENT 
In these difficult times it is worth 
acknowledging the specific market forces 
that have contributed to our success. The 
Government in Ireland has been under 

CONCLUSION
The positive steps taken to ensure 
the strategic position and operational 
performance of C&C are beginning to 
deliver results. It is a time for initiative in 
the widest sense and at every level in the 
organisation. Whether it is in terms of 
brand, corporate or people development, 
we have to be and are beginning to be on 
the front foot. It is a challenge relished 
by everyone in the Group and promises 
significant opportunity.

Sir Brian Stewart
Chairman

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

5

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

FOCUSED PLAyER IN LONG ALCOHOLIC DRINKS 
This has been a year of unparalleled change for the Group. 
The integration of Tennent’s and Gaymers and the subsequent 
disposal of our Spirits & Liqueurs business have strengthened 
our business in our core domestic markets. We are now a 
focused player in Long Alcoholic Drinks, with both the quality of 
brands and the scale required to compete effectively.

During the year employees throughout 
the business have risen to the challenges 
of integrating the acquired businesses 
on time and with minimal customer 
disruption. Against a demanding 
consumer backdrop we have delivered 
on our key financial targets and the 
operational objectives outlined at the 
beginning of the financial year have all 
been delivered. Our Export cider business 
has expanded strongly as the category 
grows in a number of international 
markets. We enter the new financial 
year almost debt free. The Group is well 
positioned to pursue further growth 
opportunities but always in the context 
of the long-term maximisation of 
shareholder returns.

OUR KEy OBJECTIVES
You may recollect that at the start of the 
financial year we outlined to shareholders 
five key objectives for the year:
1.   Integrate and deliver synergies from 

acquired businesses 

2.   Continue to build on momentum of 

Magners in GB

3.   Protect Bulmers earnings position in 

Ireland

4.   Capital structure and free cash flow to 
deliver forward strategic objectives

5.   Lay foundation for international 

development of cider

We have made great progress against 
these objectives and this is in no small 
way through the efforts of our employees. 
I would like to join with the Chairman and 
the rest of the Board in paying tribute to 
the loyalty and commitment of all our 
employees for their contribution over the 
year.

1. INTEGRATION OF ACqUIRED 
BUSINESSES
The scale of change brought about by 
the acquisition of Tennent’s and Gaymers 
was considerable. They were the first 
acquisitions by the Group outside Ireland 
since the flotation of the Company and 
we moved from having one production 
facility to three, the existing plant in 
Clonmel being augmented by the 
brewery in Glasgow and the cider mill 
at Shepton. Production volumes tripled 
and the number of employees increased 
significantly. Four sales organisations 
had to be integrated and the back office 
accounting services and systems support 
functions redirected from services 
provided by AB InBev and Constellation 
Brands to our own in house team. We 
also had an initial objective to achieve €5 
million in synergy cost savings.

6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

CONSUMERS

SHAREHOLDERS

CUSTOMERS

LONG TERM
VIEW

SUPPLIERS

EMPLOYEES

MAGNERS EXPORT

Sustainable
consumer-led
growth

LOCALLY RELEVANT BRAND STRATEGY AND EXECUTION

CONSUMER + CUSTOMER NEEDS BY MARKET

Following the acquisitions our systems 
infrastructure required upgrading and we 
invested in a new IT platform. To support 
the transition we assembled a dedicated 
team of over 70 people, with a mixture of 
internal and external capability. We saw it 
as critical that we used internal resource 
as much as possible, to ensure forward 
capability. 

MAGNERS GB

Growing with
growing Cider
category

The integration process was phased with 
an early move to merge the sales force in 
Ireland, which was then followed by the 
merger in April of the Tennent’s Northern 
Ireland business with our existing cider 
business in Northern Ireland. The Scottish 
business was by then fully integrated into 
the Group and in September we switched 
over to the new IT system. We also unified 
our call centre operation and created 
an accounting services function at the 
Wellpark Brewery in Glasgow. These new 
centres support all the UK businesses, 
with Irish operations continuing to be 
supported from Clonmel. The Gaymers 
business was merged into Magners GB 
by August, with a combined sales and 
marketing team focused on the combined 
cider portfolio and located in a new central 
London office. Logistics were merged 
over the same period and we are now fully 
operational in our National Distribution 
Centre near Bristol. The last piece of 
integration will be the transition from the 
Constellation IT platform scheduled for 
late May.

We are pleased with progress made on 
anticipated synergies. The Tennent’s 
business has provided a robust platform 
for growing our cider position in Scotland 
and Northern Ireland. On the supply 
side the acquisitions have provided 
procurement scale, providing a degree of 
protection from input price inflation.

In financial terms, the synergies presented 
by the integration are in excess of our 
original estimates. They are on track to 
achieve €18 million, 50% of which was 

realised in FY2010/11, with the remaining 
50% to be realised in FY2011/12. The 
synergies are evenly split between cost 
savings and revenue. 

BULMERS ROI

2. BUILDING MOMENTUM IN GB
The cider market in Great Britain is 
the world’s largest and after forty 
years of growth remains dynamic. New 
entrants are continually emerging, 
presenting a competitive challenge 
TENNENT’S
but also demonstrating the underlying 
attractiveness of the category. Consumers 
are drawn to the sweet natural taste of 
cider in a wide range of variants. We set 
Revitalise
ourselves the target of growing at least in 
brand amongst
line with the market during the financial 
18-24yr olds
year. Against the backdrop of internal 
business change, this was a demanding 
objective. 

Extend 
share of
LADs

Volumes of the Magners brand overall 
grew 3.6% year on year against overall 
market growth of 3%. We are pleased 
with the progress of Magners Pear, now 
accounting for 14% of total sales volume. 

The driving force for this achievement 
was the shift in our marketing efforts 
from the start of 2010. In line with the 
detailed strategy devised and approved 
by the Board, we have invested heavily to 
grow the brand, through media spend and 
through increasing our sales resource.

3. PROTECT BULMERS POSITION  
IN IRELAND
Challenging conditions existed in all of the 
Group’s markets, and this was especially 
so in Ireland. Macro economic factors, 
notably price deflation, exacerbated an 
already difficult trading environment. 

The shift from on-trade to off-trade 
continued. Our objective for FY11 was to 
hold earnings at 2010 levels and, despite 
a loss in our share of off-trade and an 
overall decline of 3% of cider volumes 
against a flat LAD market, we have 
achieved our objective. Brand health is at 
a two year high and we have seen a slight 
on-trade performance recovery.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

7

TENNENT’S AND GAYMERS 
WERE THE FIRST 
ACQUISITIONS FOR THE 
GROUP OUTSIDE IRELAND 
SINCE FLOTATION AND IN 
TERMS OF SCALE AND TIMING 
PRESENTED SIGNIFICANT 
OPERATIONAL CHALLENGES. 
THE INTEGRATION HAS, 
HOWEVER, BEEN COMPLETED 
ON TIME AND WE NOW HAVE 
A STRONG PLATFORM FOR 
FUTURE GROWTH.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW - CONTINUED

WE BEGAN A SIGNIFICANT 
SPONSORSHIP OF GLASGOW 
RANGERS AND CELTIC, THE 
TWO TOP SCOTTISH FOOTBALL 
TEAMS. AS A RESULT TENNENT’S 
IS BUILDING AWARENESS WITH 
CORE DRINKERS AND APPEALING 
TO A NEW YOUNGER AUDIENCE.

We pursued a number of initiatives 
to deliver this goal. We continued our 
brand investment to deliver value and we 
launched Bulmers Berry. Pricing was 
adjusted to reflect general deflationary 
pressures (4% to 5%) and this resulted 
in a lower price being offered to the 
on-trade for draught cider. During 
the year we launched a beer portfolio 
which includes Becks, Stella Artois and 
Tennent’s, which delivered incremental 
profit. Finally, we rigorously examined 
our cost base and took further steps to 
reduce manufacturing and support costs. 
Combined, these actions have enabled us 
to hit our earnings target.

4. CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The strategic repositioning of the Group 
through the acquisition of Tennent’s and 
Gaymers left us with high levels of debt. 
The subsequent disposal of our Spirits 
& Liqueurs business and the underlying 
strength of our cash flow has taken debt 
down to €6.3 million.

Our business is well invested and cash 
flows remain robust. The Board has 
recognised the underlying balance sheet 
strength with a proposed 10% increase 
in the final dividend. In challenging 
economic conditions, we remain well 
placed to support both continued business 
investment and exploit any strategic 
opportunities that emerge.

5. INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
The Magners brand is sold in over 
30 principal countries worldwide. We 
experienced a strong performance in 
FY2010/11, with year-on-year volume 
growth of 34% in our export markets 
outside Ireland and the UK. The 
importance of international sales to the 
Magners brand is growing and currently 
they account for 13% of total Magners 
volume. Two of the key markets that we 
are targeting are North America and 
Australia, where sales volumes have 
increased by 36% and by 74% respectively 
this year. 

Cider as a category continues to expand 
globally. Magners and its Irish provenance 
have credibility with consumers 
internationally and our ambition in the 
medium term is to achieve double-digit 
brand growth. As one of the world’s 
top three cider producers we are well 
positioned to participate fully in category 
development. Our brand assets, technical 
knowledge and portfolio coverage provide 
an excellent platform for delivering on this 
ambition.

SPIRITS AND LIqUEURS 
During the financial year, we disposed 
of the Spirits & Liqueurs business to 
William Grant & Sons Holdings Ltd, for a 
gross consideration of €300 million. The 
sale of this division, which was approved 
by shareholders on 17 June 2010, has 
provided us with the opportunity to focus 
on our core business.

8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

Please drink responsibly. 

THERE’S METHOD IN THE

MAGNERS GOLDEN DRAUGHT 
WAS LAUNCHED IN SCOTLAND 
IN JUNE 2010. IT HAS ACHIEVED 
A 12% SHARE OF THE 
DRAUGHT CIDER MARKET.

SHAREHOLDERS

CUSTOMERS

CONSUMERS

LONG TERM

VIEW

SUPPLIERS

EMPLOYEES

CONSUMER + CUSTOMER NEEDS BY MARKET

MAGNERS GB

TENNENT’S

BULMERS ROI

MAGNERS EXPORT

Growing with
growing Cider
category

Revitalise
brand amongst
18-24yr olds

Extend 
share of
LADs

Sustainable
consumer-led
growth

LOCALLY RELEVANT BRAND STRATEGY AND EXECUTION

OUTLOOK
We are pleased with the progress made 
over the past financial year against 
a challenging economic and indeed 
operational backdrop. I believe the Group 
has demonstrated management depth and 
strength in absorbing the transformational 
acquisitions while remaining focused on 
day-to-day operations.

The world cider markets are in healthy 
growth. C&C is a scale player in markets 
that represent over half of world cider and 
it has a portfolio of strong well invested 
brands. This is an enviable position. Our 
scale and the quality of our brand assets 
together with our low debt level, strong 
cash flow generation and balance sheet 
strength, give us a strong base to support 
the future development of C&C. 

John Dunsmore
Chief Executive Officer

NEW LAUNCHES
Innovation is vital to invigorate consumer 
interest and to drive revenue growth. In 
FY2010/11 we launched two new products. 

In Ireland we launched Bulmers Berry, 
which was designed to stretch the 
brand footprint to younger and female 
consumers. Together with Bulmers Pear, 
it has helped broaden the Bulmers brand’s 
consumer appeal and become more 
relevant to a younger audience. 

Magners Golden Draught was launched 
in Scotland in June 2010. It has achieved 
a 12% share of the draught cider market, 
helped by Tennent’s reach in over 11,000 
on-trade premises and a dedicated 
marketing campaign. Its success will see 
a further roll-out across England and 
Wales in the coming year.

Innovation is vital to invigorate consumer 
interest and to drive revenue growth and 
we have put in place a comprehensive 
infrastructure to support a long -term 
innovation pipeline.

MARKETING 
We continue with our view that consumers 
are drawn to strong authentic brands with 
genuine heritage and quality. Accordingly, 
we pursue relevant brand strategies 
tailored for local consumers and we invest 
for the long term in our key brand assets. 
‘There’s method in the Magners’ was 
our biggest marketing investment of the 
year involving a large television, digital 
and poster campaign. The campaign 
introduces a message that is specific to 
Magners. Light-hearted advertisements 
take viewers to Clonmel, the home 
of Magners, and present a storyline 
illustrating the authentic Irish craft and 
provenance of the brand. The campaign 
has proved successful in raising brand 
awareness, providing a clear differentiation 
between Magners and other cider brands.

The marketing focus in Ireland was on the 
launch of Bulmers Berry, described above. 

In Scotland, Tennent’s returned to TV 
advertising for the first time in five years, 
with the ‘Hugh Tennent’ campaign. 
Tennent’s is a brand that has needed 
investment. The campaign, which reminds 
consumers of the brand’s heritage, has 
resulted in increased distribution in the 
on-trade. We have also continued our 
sponsorship of Scotland’s largest music 
festival ‘T in the Park’ and we began 
a significant sponsorship of Glasgow 
Rangers and Celtic, the two top Scottish 
football teams. As a result Tennent’s is 
building awareness with core drinkers and 
appealing to a new younger audience.

An innovative scheme was set up at 
our Wellpark brewery in Scotland. The 
Tennent’s Training Academy provides 
vocational training to employees in the 
retail trade. Supported by funding from the 
Scottish Government, its courses cover all 
aspects of hospitality training from health 
and safety through to catering. This is a 
significant investment by the Group in our 
customer base and community and has 
been widely welcomed.

CHAIRMAN
I am delighted to welcome Sir Brian 
Stewart to the Group. This is his first year 
with C&C, following his appointment as 
Chairman at the Annual General Meeting 
on 5 August 2010. He brings with him a 
wealth of experience as former chairman 
of Standard Life plc and chief executive 
and chairman of Scottish & Newcastle 
plc. He joins us at a time of considerable 
change and his experience will 
undoubtedly be of great value to the Group.

On behalf of the Board, I would like to 
thank Tony O’Brien, the former Chairman, 
for his contribution to the Group over many 
years and wish him well in his retirement.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

9

OPERATIONS REVIEW 

STRONG WELL INVESTED BRANDS
The financial year to 28 February 2011 includes the first full year trading 
contribution from the acquired Tennent’s and Gaymers businesses. On a 
constant currency basis for the continuing business, the Group reported 
an increase of 60.3% in Revenue, 46.1% in Net revenue, and growth of 
41.2% and 30.1% in EBIT and adjusted diluted EPS respectively. Despite 
the increased weighting of the lower margin acquired businesses, 
operating margins were broadly unchanged at 19% implying a material 
increase in operating margins of the original cider business of Bulmers 
and Magners.

Including the €4.5 million operating profit 
contribution from the discontinued Spirits 
& Liqueurs division, the Group is reporting 
operating profit of €105 million for the full 
year, which is in line with stated guidance 
and represents an increase of 17% over 
the previous financial year.

Conversion of EBITDA into free cash 
flow remains strong at 84.6%, delivering 
free cash flow of €107 million. Added to 
the proceeds received from the disposal 
of the Spirits & Liqueurs business, this 
generated a €359 million reduction in net 
debt from €365 million at 28 February 
2010 to €6 million at 28 February 2011. 

ORIGINAL CIDER BUSINESS
Economic conditions in ROI and GB remain 
unpredictable and challenging. From a 
consumer perspective the environment is 
negative. However, from a sector-specific 
viewpoint the position of C&C is perhaps 
more balanced than the macro economic 
or consumer challenges in ROI and GB 
otherwise suggest. Two out of our three 
principal territories (GB and Export) 
continue to offer opportunity for growth in 
both cider volume and value. 

ROI: The performance of the Bulmers 
business unit over the last twelve 
months was robust against a challenging 
backdrop. The objective of holding 
earnings in a deflationary environment 
was achieved with segmental profits 
inclusive of beer level year on year. The 
Bulmers brand performed, according to 
Nielsen, in line with a declining on trade 
Long Alcoholic Drinks (LAD) market but 
lagged the LAD growth in the off trade 
channel. Bulmers volumes were down 

2.4% in the year with pricing and mix 
impact taking the net revenue decline to 
7.1% in total. Earnings were protected by 
a 2.6 percentage point improvement in 
operating margins as the impact of cost 
reductions in Ireland flowed through. 

GB: The cider category in GB is in good 
health, fuelled by innovation within the 
category and a dynamic off trade channel. 
The long term growth trend continued 
with volume and value growth of 3% and 
5% respectively for the 12 months to 19 
February 2011. Market data sources (CGA 
and Nielsen) recorded Magners volume 
as rising by 5% in the year, whereas our 
own shipments were up 3.6% but lagged 
behind in value with a net revenue decline 
of 3.5%. The volume to value differential 
reflects a volume share gain for Magners 
in the off trade but a share loss in the on 
trade; the decision to absorb the duty price 
increase in June 2010; and increased off 
trade promotional activity in the second 
half of the financial year. 

1 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

Export: Market data (Euro monitor) 
suggest that cider as a worldwide 
category is enjoying growth of around 8%, 
implying double-digit growth excluding 
the UK. Magners volume sold outside 
of the UK grew by 34% in the year. 
North America and Australia continue 
to demonstrate very robust growth with 
other cider markets such as France and 
Finland showing signs of promise. With 
revenue per litre in line with those of 
the Bulmers brand in Ireland, Export is 
already providing some protection for the 
deflationary challenges in Ireland. Current 
volatility in foreign currency markets does, 
however, give some grounds for caution 
around growth in Export profit contribution 
in the short term. 

Total worldwide Magners volumes, which 
includes GB, Export and Northern Ireland, 
grew by 4% this year while net revenues 
declined by 1.3% on a constant currency 
basis.

ACqUIRED BUSINESSES 
The acquired businesses of Tennent’s 
and Gaymers combined to contribute 
€34.1 million of operating profit before 
allocation of Group overheads in the first 
full financial year of C&C ownership. This 
equates to more than double the full year 
earnings contribution from the disposed 
Spirits & Liqueurs business. The three 
transactions delivered net cash to C&C of 
€32.0 million and this corporate activity 
has strengthened both the earnings 
base and capital structure of C&C. The 
contribution should continue to improve 
as the remaining synergies are delivered 
during the 2011/12 financial year. 

The Tennent’s business contributed 
€27.5 million of the €34.1 million with 
an improvement in the Tennent’s brand 
operating profit contribution margin 
from 17.4% at the half year to 20.3%. 
This margin improvement was achieved 
having absorbed a step change increase in 

marketing levels for the Tennent’s brand 
to over 11% of its net revenue. The brand 
is gaining share in the Scottish on trade 
whilst dropping some low value off trade 
activity. 

Despite the improvement, the brand still 
indexes below the category averages in 
retail pricing, suggesting that there is 
scope for further operating margin gain 
over the next few years. The relevance of 
the Tennent’s business to the performance 
of Magners in the Scottish on trade is 
showing signs of emerging in the most 
recent CGA market stats. Magners Moving 
Annual Total (MAT) volume grew 13% 
within a Scottish on trade cider category 
that grew by 2%. Magners share of on 
trade cider in Scotland increased by 2.1 
percentage points to 21.6% in the year. 

Before allocation of group overheads, 
the Gaymers business contributed €6.6 
million of EBIT in FY2010/11. 

This represents an operating profit 
contribution margin of 7.5% and an 
improvement on the comparable 5.8% 
reported at the half year. The position of 
the Gaymers business and brands within 
the C&C portfolio remains unchanged. 
Their primary role is to support and 
protect the continued development of the 
Magners brand. 

Exceptional costs in the year were €13.3 
million. Of this, €8.4 million was attributed 
to the integration of the acquired 
businesses. 

In addition, €6.6 million was invested in 
the new GB systems platform, enabling 
a successful and smooth exit from the 
transitional service agreements with AB 
InBev and Constellation Group. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

1 1

THE TENNENT’S 
BUSINESS ACCOUNTED 
FOR €27.5M OF THE 
€34.1M WITH THE 
TENNENT’S BRAND AGAIN 
IMPROVING OPERATING 
PROFIT CONTRIBUTION 
MARGINS FROM 17.4% AT 
THE HALF YEAR TO 20.3%. 

OPERATIONS REVIEW - CONTINUED

DIVISIONAL REVIEW 
CIDER - REPUBLIC OF IRELAND (ROI)

Constant currency(i) 

Revenue 
Net revenue 
- Price /mix impact 
- Volume impact 
Operating profit 
Operating margin (Net revenue)  
Volume – Bulmers (khl) 
Volume – Other (khl) 

Fy 2010/11 
€m 

Fy 2009/10 
€m 

136.4 
100.0 

43.7 
43.7% 
517.8 
30.8 

153.0 
107.6 

44.2 
41.1% 
530.4 
33.6 

Change 
% 

(10.8%) 
(7.1%)
(4.4%)
(2.7%)
(1.1%)
2.6ppts
(2.4%)
(8.3%)

Long Alcoholic Drinks (LAD) volumes in 
ROI remain level year on year. However, a 
change in consumer behaviour is clear from 
the 9% growth in LAD off trade volumes and 
the 5% decline in on trade volumes that, 
according to Nielsen, constitute the flat LAD 
market. Consumption at home has evidently 
increased during the past 12 months. 
Price is a factor in this accelerated channel 
switch. The level of promotional activity has 
increased and the average retail selling 
price for LADs in the off trade dropped 
by 10% in the year to February 2011. In 
comparison, the average retail selling price 
for the Bulmers brand fell by 6%, increasing 
the price premium of the brand to the LAD 
category from 26% to 30% in the off trade. 
The relative increase in the price premium 
of the Bulmers brand contributed to a 
loss of share in the off trade with Bulmers 
volumes dropping by 1%. In the on trade, the 
Bulmers pint bottle continued to perform 
well and kept the brand volumes in line with 
the overall LAD decline of 5%. 

The revenue decline of 10.8% is distorted 
by the duty reduction in December 2009. 
Net revenue excludes duty and provides 
greater clarity on the impact of underlying 
pressures on revenues in ROI. Net revenues 
were down by 7.1% in the year with volumes 
accounting for 2.7% and price mix a further 
4.4%. At this point in time, the on to off trade 
channel dynamic is not a significant factor in 
the revenue decline for C&C. Bulmers price 
reductions in the on trade for packaged 
in June 2009 and draught in May 2010, 
together with increased price support in the 
off trade, are the main reasons for the 4.4% 
price /mix impact on net revenue. However, 
as the off trade builds scale and the levels 
of promotional activity increase it is likely 
that the on to off trade channel dynamic will 
become more of a deflationary feature. 

Despite the revenue loss, an improvement of 
2.6 percentage points in operating margins 
delivered cider earnings broadly in line with 
the prior year. Earnings for ROI were level 
year on year inclusive of the contribution 
from beer. Cost reduction from both inputs 
and overheads on the supply side of the 
business provided some relief from the price 
deflation. Marketing investment in Bulmers 
was reduced to fund an obvious need for 
some price support in the off trade. The 
reduced levels of marketing spend have not 
been to the detriment of the brand health.

Whilst the robust margin performance 
of the Bulmers business in FY2010/11 is 
acknowledged, it is likely that price deflation 
will be a feature of the LAD market for the 
next few years in ROI. The scope for further 
cost reduction is limited. Consequently 
innovation in cider and diversification in beer 
will become increasingly important to an 
earnings protection strategy for the next few 
years. 

ROI: On + Off Trade Rolling 
MAT Volume Sales Trend

0
1
B
E
F

0
1
R
A
M

0
1
R
P
A

0
1
Y
A
M

0
1
N
U
J

0
1
L
U
J

0
1
G
U
A

0
1
P
E
S

0
1
T
C
O

0
1
V
O
N

0
1
C
E
D

1
1
N
A
J

1
1
B
E
F

Total LAD

Bulmers

Source: ACNielsen

1 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

(i) On a constant currency basis, constant currency calculation is set out on page 20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

1 3

OPERATIONS REVIEW - CONTINUED

DIVISIONAL REVIEW 
CIDER - GREAT BRITAIN (GB)

Constant Currency(i) 

Revenue 
Net revenue 
- Price /mix impact 
- Volume impact 
Operating profit 
Operating margin (Net revenue)  
Volume – (khl) 

Fy2010/11 
€m 

131.9 
107.2 

Magners 
Fy2009/10 
€m 

132.0 
111.1 

21.6 
20.2% 
745 

€16.5 
14.9% 
719 

  Gaymers Brands 
Fy2010/11 
€m 

Change 
% 

GB Cider
Fy2010/11
€m

(0.1%) 
(3.5%) 
(7.1%) 
3.6% 
30.9% 
5.3ppts 
3.6% 

152.7 
88.0 

5.4 
6.1% 
1,623 

284.6
195.2

27.0
13.8%
2,368

Improvements in operating margins of 
5.3 percentage points more than offset 
the revenue decline, increasing the 
operating profit contribution by 31%. The 
re-allocation of marketing investment 
to support promotional activity improves 
margins by 2.1 percentage points. 
Marketing investment levels remain above 
15% and represent a competitive ‘share 
of voice’ to support the ‘There’s method 
in the Magners’ campaign. The rest of 
the operating margin improvement in the 
year is attributable to the flow through of 
overhead and input cost reductions on the 
supply side of the business. 

Presenting the Gaymers numbers side 
by side with the Magners numbers 
illustrates the considerable differential in 
the underlying economics and highlights 
why the primary focus of the Gaymers 
business is to support the development of 
the Magners brand. The performance of the 
Gaymers portfolio is covered in the review of 
acquired businesses on page 18. 

GB: On + Off Trade Rolling 
MAT Volume Sales Trend

0
1
.
2
0
.
0
2

0
1
.
3
0
.
0
2

0
1
.
4
0
.
7
1

0
1
.
5
0
.
5
1

0
1
.
6
0
.
2
1

0
1
.
7
0
.
0
1

0
1
.
8
0
.
7
0

0
1
.
9
0
.
4
0

0
1
.
0
1
.
2
0

0
1
.
0
1
.
0
3

0
1
.
1
1
.
7
2

0
1
.
2
1
.
5
2

1
1
.
1
0
.
2
2

1
1
.
2
0
.
9
1

Cider

Magners

Source: ACNielsen + CGA

The cider category sustained its long term 
growth trend with retail volumes increasing 
by 3% in the twelve months to 19 February 
2011 and value increasing by 5% over 
the same period. The off trade channel 
continues to be the source of dynamism in 
the category with growth of 4% compared 
to a flat performance in the on trade. It is 
anticipated that the arrival of Stella Artois 
Cidre in the market will accelerate category 
growth in 2011 via the off trade.

The AC Nielsen/CGA statistics show Magners 
retail volume growth of 5%, with a decline of 
5% in the on trade and growth of 18% in the 
off trade. This represents a nine percentage 
point improvement for the total brand during 
the twelve month period. The recovery trend 
is attributed to both accelerated volume for 
Magners in the off trade and a reduced level 
of decline in the on trade. 

There is discrepancy between the 3.6% 
growth in Magners volume shipped in 
FY2010/11 and the 5% increase in retail 
volumes recorded by Nielsen/CGA. 
However, the momentum in the brand 
and the recovery trend is clear. Based on 
volumes shipped, Magners was in positive 
market share territory for the year. 

The differential in trade channel 
performance does have a significant 
impact on revenue. The 3.6% volume 
growth is more than offset by a price 
mix reduction in unit revenues of 7.1%. 
The channel switch effect accounts for 
1.7 percentage points of the 7.1%. The 
absorption of duty accounts for a further 
1.9 percentage points while increased 
promotional activity accounts for 3.5 
percentage points. The effects of channel 
switch and promotional activity were more 
significant for trading in the second half 
of FY2010/11. Whilst the revenue line has 
yet to return to positive territory, the 3.5% 
net revenue decline this year compares 
favourably to a 15.2% decline in the 
previous year. 

1 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

(i) On a constant currency basis, constant currency calculation is set out on page 20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

1 5

OPERATIONS REVIEW - CONTINUED

DIVISIONAL REVIEW 
CIDER - EXPORT 

Constant currency(i) 

Net revenue 
- Price /mix impact 
- Volume impact 
Operating profit 
Operating margin (Net revenue)  
Volume – (khl) 

Export cider includes sales for Magners 
in all markets outside of the Republic of 
Ireland and the UK. 

The accelerated growth evident in the 
first half of FY2010/11 continued in the 
second half and full year volumes were 
up 34% in comparison with FY2009/10. 
North America and Australia remain the 
key expansion markets for Export, now 
accounting for 58% of total export volumes 
and 70% of the volume growth in the year. 
Iberia returned to positive territory in 
FY2010/11 with a volume increase of 6%. 
Finland and France are relatively small 
cider territories for C&C but both enjoyed 
strong growth in the year. 

Category data for the export markets are 
less comprehensive than those available in 
either GB or ROI. The cider category in the 
USA is estimated to be around 450k hl and 
growing at 16-17% per annum. Magners 
has around 10% volume share in the USA 
with momentum in the brand largely 
attributable to widening distribution. 

Fy 2010/11 
€m 

Fy 2009/10 
€m 

21.5 

16.2 

2.7 
12.6% 
119.6 

1.5 
9.3% 
89.4 

Change 
% 

32.7%
(1.1%)
33.8% 
80.0%
3.3ppts
33.8%

Growth for Magners in the USA last year 
was 38%. In Australia, the total cider 
market is considered to be around 300k hl 
and growing at 13-15%. Magners growth in 
Australia was 74% last year and it is likely 
to overtake Iberia as C&C’s second biggest 
Export market by volume in FY2011/12. 

The negative price/mix impact of 1.1% 
is a feature of the product mix in Export 
markets rather than price. Relative to 
other territories, net revenue per litre is 
lower in the USA. 

Operating margins of 12.6% reflect a level 
of marketing investment in the brand 
that is appropriate at this stage of the 
development cycle. 

1 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

(i) On a constant currency basis, constant currency calculation is set out on page 20

 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

1 7

OPERATIONS REVIEW - CONTINUED

DIVISIONAL REVIEW 
– ACqUIRED BUSINESSES (i) 

Fy2010/11 

Tennent’s 
Brand 
€m 

Third party  
brands 
€m 

Total 
Tennent’s 
Business 
€m 

Total
acquired
businesses
€m

Gaymers 
€m 

Revenue 
Net revenue 
Operating profit (1) 
Operating margin (1) 
Volumes – khl 
(1)  Operating profit and operating margin have been calculated on a contribution basis and as such there is no allocation of central overheads netted against 

227.2 
103.5 
21.0 
20.3% 
1,560 

309.5 
178.5 
27.5 
15.4% 
1,949 

152.7 
88.0 
6.6 
7.5% 
1,623

82.3 
75.0 
6.5 
8.7% 
389 

462.2
266.5
34.1
12.8%

these numbers. The segmental operating profits as reported in note 2 to these financial statements are net of an allocation of central overheads.

The Tennent’s business which includes 
both Scotland and Northern Ireland 
made a solid contribution in FY2010/11. 
Investment levels in the brand increased 
to over 11% of net revenue through 
sponsorship of both Glasgow Celtic and 
Rangers football clubs, the ‘T in The Park’ 
music festival and the return of Tennent’s 
advertising to television. Early returns 
from the investment are evident in the 
performance of the brand in the on trade. 
In Scotland, retail volumes expanded 
through distribution and were up 1% year 
on year. This was in line with the beer 
market and 2 percentage points ahead of 
the lager category. In the off trade, retail 
volumes were down 7% in the year to 
March with unit pricing improving by 5%. 
In Northern Ireland, on trade distribution 
gains helped lift the Tennent’s brand back 
to market leadership by volume of lager 
sold. In the off trade channel, the focus 
remains on rebuilding value and a price 
position that is commensurate with the 
strength of the brand. Operating margins 
on Tennent’s of 20.3% are trending up 
from 17.4% at the half year. 

Operating margins for third party brands 
of 8.7% are understandably lower than 
the Tennent’s brand margin. As part of 
the Tennent’s portfolio offering, however, 
the third party brands have enjoyed the 
benefit of outlet gains and the volume 
performance was robust during the year. 

In ROI, there are encouraging signs for the 
new beer portfolio. The focus in FY2010/11 
was building distribution for Tennent’s and 
the rest of the portfolio. Most of the profits 
generated were re-invested in the brands. 
It is anticipated that in FY2011/12 the beer 
portfolio will begin to contribute more 
meaningfully to earnings in ROI. 

The contribution from the Tennent’s 
acquisition is pleasing and there are 
early indications that the route to market 
strength in Scotland will prove to be 
positive for the development of Magners. 
Market share for Magners in the on 
trade in Scotland increased to 21.6% on 
annual growth of 13%. This compares 
very favourably to the overall GB position, 
where Magners on trade market share 
is 13.4%. The Scottish on trade cider 
category also grew ahead of the GB 
Market.

The contribution from the Gaymers 
business is slightly below that expected 
at the time of acquisition. The growth and 
relative weighting of the Gaymers brand 
within the portfolio improved margins 
slightly from the half year. However, the 
scale of high volume, low margin activity 
and the linked sensitivity to pricing 
weighs heavily on the overall economics 
of the business at this point in time. The 
separation of the Gaymers business 
from Constellation was a challenge to 
commercial focus during the year but the 
successful integration with the Magners 
business should provide the right platform 
for exploiting the extended portfolio to the 
benefit of Magners. 

Scotland: On + Off Trade Rolling 
MAT Volume Sales Trend

0
1
.
2
0
.
0
2

0
1
.
3
0
.
0
2

0
1
.
4
0
.
7
1

0
1
.
5
0
.
5
1

0
1
.
6
0
.
2
1

0
1
.
7
0
.
0
1

0
1
.
8
0
.
7
0

0
1
.
9
0
.
4
0

0
1
.
0
1
.
2
0

0
1
.
0
1
.
0
3

0
1
.
1
1
.
7
2

0
1
.
2
1
.
5
2

1
1
.
1
0
.
2
2

1
1
.
2
0
.
9
1

Total Beer

Tennents

Source: ACNielsen + CGA

1 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

(i) the acquired businesses relate to the Tennent’s and Gaymers businesses which were acquired from AB InBev and Constellation Brands respectively during 
the year ended 28 February 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

1 9

OPERATIONS REVIEW - CONTINUED

FOREIGN EXCHANGE AND COMPARATIVE 
REPORTING
The Group has both a transaction and 
translation exposure to movements in 
foreign currency rates. The effective rate 
for the translation of results from foreign 
currency subsidiaries was €1:£0.85 (FY10: 
€1:£0.89) and the effective rate for the 
translation of foreign currency revenue/net 
revenue transactions was €1:£0.86 (FY10: 
€1:£0.82) resulting in an effective rate of 
€1:£0.88 (FY2010: €1:£0.82) at operating 
profit level.

The Group policy is to hedge an 
appropriate portion of its foreign currency 
transaction exposure for a period of up 
to 2 years ahead. The principal foreign 
currency forward contracts in place at 28 
February 2011 are:

Sterling amount  

(m) 

Average forward rate 

(Euro:Stg) 

2012

 20.0

0.84

Comparisons for revenue, net revenue 
and operating profit for each of the 
Group’s operating segments are shown at 
constant exchange rates for transactions 
by subsidiary undertakings in currencies 
other than their functional currency and 
for translation in relation to the Group’s 
sterling denominated subsidiaries by 
restating the prior year at FY2011 effective 
rates. Applying the realised FY2011 foreign 
currency rates to the reported FY2010 
revenue, net revenue and operating profit 
rebases the comparatives as follows:

year ended  
28 Feb 2010 (i) 
€m 

FX 
Transaction 
€m 

FX 
Translation 
€m 

year ended
28 Feb 2010
Constant
currency 
comparative
€m

153.0 
149.0 
18.5 
15.7 
70.7 
10.3 
73.6 
490.8 

107.6 
122.8 
15.1 
15.7 
31.1 
6.3 
64.1 
362.7 

44.3 
19.7 
2.9 
1.5 
2.2 
1.5 
2.7 

74.8 

- 
(7.1) 
- 
0.5 
- 
- 
- 
(6.6) 

- 
(6.2) 
- 
0.5 
- 
- 
- 
(5.7) 

(0.1) 
(4.0) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(4.1) 

- 
0.2 
0.7 
- 
3.5 
0.4 
3.5 
8.3 

- 
0.1 
0.6 
- 
1.5 
0.3 
3.0 
5.5 

- 
- 
0.1 
- 
0.1 
0.1 
0.2 

0.5 

153.0
142.1
19.2
16.2
74.2
10.7
77.1
492.5

107.6
116.7
15.7
16.2
32.6
6.6
67.1
362.5

44.2
15.7
3.0
1.5
2.3
1.6
2.9

71.2

Revenue 
Cider – ROI 
Cider – GB 
Cider – NI 
Cider – Export 
Tennent’s GB 
Tennent’s Ireland 
Third Party Brands 
Total 

Net revenue 
Cider – ROI 
Cider – GB 
Cider – NI 
Cider – Export 
Tennent’s GB 
Tennent’s Ireland 
Third Party Brands 
Total 

Operating Profit – before exceptional items
Cider – ROI 
Cider – GB 
Cider – NI 
Cider – Export 
Tennent’s GB 
Tennent’s Ireland 
Third Party Brands 

Total 

(i) Continuing operations, i.e. excludes the Revenue, Net revenue and Operating Profit of the Group’s discontinued Spirits & Liqueurs business.

2 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
FINANCE REVIEW

STRONG PLATFORM FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
C&C is pleased to report a strong financial and operating 
performance for the financial year ended 28 February 2011 
delivering earnings growth in line with our stated guidance. The 
Group is reporting a 60.3% increase in revenue to €789.7 million 
on a constant currency basis (60.9% on a reported basis), a net 
revenue increase of 46.1% to €529.6 million (46.0% on a reported 
basis), operating profit, before exceptional items, of €100.5 million 
and basic earnings per share of 93.4 cent for the financial year 
ended 28 February 2011. 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES
As required by European Union (EU) 
law, the Group financial statements 
have been prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union, which comprise 
standards and interpretations approved 
by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB) and the 
International Financial Reporting 
Interpretations Committee (IFRIC), 
applicable Irish law and the Listing 
Rules of the Irish and London Stock 
Exchanges. Details of the basis 
of preparation and the significant 
accounting policies are outlined on 
pages 63 to 71.

RESULTS FOR THE yEAR
The financial year to 28 February 
2011 incorporates the first full year 
trading contribution from the acquired 
Tennent’s and Gaymers businesses. 
Operating profit for continuing 
operations before exceptional items 
of €100.5 million reflects a constant 
currency increase of 41.2% on the prior 
year. This performance translates to 
an operating margin of 19.0% which, 
despite the increased weighting of the 
lower margin acquired businesses, 
represents a reduction of only 0.6 
percentage points in constant currency 
terms on the operating margin earned 
in the previous financial year implying 
a material increase in the operating 
margin of the original cider business 
i.e. Bulmers and Magners brands. 
These results are discussed in more 
detail and analysed by business sector 
in the Operations Review on pages 10 
to 20. 

Management reviews the Group’s cash 
generating performance by measuring 
the conversion of EBITDA to Free 
Cash Flow as this metric highlights 

the underlying cash generating 
performance of the ongoing business. 
Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP 
measure that comprises cash flow 
from operating activities net of capital 
investment cash outflows which forms 
part of the cash impact of investing 
activities. 
The Group ended the year with a 
strong EBITDA to Free Cash Flow 
conversion ratio of 84.6% (2010: 103.4%) 
reflecting:- 
•  a one-off positive working capital 
benefit arising from the timing of 
cashflows transferred to the Group 
from AB InBev under the transitional 
services agreement,

•  the Group’s on-going focus on 

working capital management, and 

•  the well invested nature of the 
Group’s production facilities. 

The net debt position benefited from 
both this and the net cash inflow from 
investing activities (excluding capital 
investment) of €263.2 million which 
reduced the Group’s net debt position 
from €364.9 million to €6.3 million. The 
cash inflow from investing activities 
includes the net proceeds received 
on disposal of the Group’s Spirits 
and Liqueurs division and is net of 
the deferred consideration and other 
costs paid in relation to the prior year 
acquisitions.

EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS 
The Group incurred the following 
costs which due to their nature and 
materiality were accounted for as 
exceptional items:-
(a)  Integration of acquired businesses: 
the €8.4 million of costs associated 
with the integration of the acquired 
Tennent’s and Gaymers businesses 
recognised in the income statement 
primarily relate to external 
consultant fees and remuneration 
costs of employees directly involved 

in the integration process and in the 
implementation of a new IT systems 
platform in the acquired Tennent’s 
business, which in accordance with 
IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment, 
and in the opinion of management, 
were not appropriate for capitalisation 
within Property, plant and equipment 
in the balance sheet.

(b)  Restructuring costs: comprising 
severance and other initiatives 
arising from cost cutting initiatives 
implemented during the financial 
year and the integration of the 
acquired businesses, resulted in the 
recognition of an exceptional charge 
before taxation of €4.9 million. 

(c)  Retirement benefit obligation 

income: a defined benefit pension 
scheme curtailment gain of €2.0 
million was recognised during the 
current financial year and arose 
as a result of: the Group’s disposal 
of its Spirits & Liqueurs business 
to William Grant & Sons Holdings 
Limited and the subsequent 
reclassification of those employees 
from active to deferred members; 
restructuring initiatives in Northern 
Ireland following the integration of 
the acquired business; and a cost 
reduction programme in the Group’s 
cider manufacturing facility in 
Clonmel, Co Tipperary.

(d)  Inventory recovery: juice stocks 

which were previously impaired were 
recovered and used by the Group’s 
acquired Gaymers cider business 
during the current financial year 
resulting in a write back of juice 
stocks to operating profit at their 
recoverable value of €0.2 million. 
As the original impairment charge 
was accounted for as an exceptional 
cost the write-back has also been 
accounted for in this manner.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

2 1

FINANCE REVIEW - CONTINUED

FINANCE COSTS, INCOME TAX AND 
SHAREHOLDER RETURNS
The average interest rate on the Group’s 
debt was 2.5% (2010: 2.0%) reflecting 
the ongoing low level of variable interest 
rates, the average annual one month 
euribor rate was 0.64% marginally 
lower than the equivalent rate of 0.66% 
for the 12 month period ended 28 
February 2010. The marginal increase 
in average interest rate is reflective of 
the increased weighting of debt subject 
to fixed as opposed to variable rates, 
a consequence of the disposal of the 
Group’s Spirits & Liqueurs business 
and the subsequent repayment of debt. 
The average interest rate attributable to 
interest rate swap contracts increased 
from 3.6% for the financial year ended 
28 February 2010 to 4.0% for the 
current financial year. 

The income tax charge in the year 
relating to continuing activities and 
excluding exceptional items amounted 
to €11.1 million giving an effective 
tax rate of 12.2%, an increase on the 
prior year due to the acquisition of the 
Tennent’s and Gaymers businesses and 
the associated increased proportion of 
Group profits subject to the higher UK 
Corporation tax rate. However, the bulk 
of the Group’s taxable profits continue 
to arise in the Republic of Ireland, which 
accounts for the low effective tax rate. 

Subject to shareholder approval, the 
proposed final dividend of 3.3 cent per 
share will be paid on 13 July 2011 to 
ordinary shareholders registered at the 
close of business on 27 May 2011. The 
Group’s full year dividend will therefore 
amount to 6.6 cent per share, a 10% 
increase on the previous year. The 
proposed full year dividend per share 
will represent a payout of 26% (2010: 
26%) of the full year reported adjusted 
diluted earnings per share. A scrip 
dividend alternative will be available. 

Total dividends paid to ordinary 
shareholders in the current financial 
year amounted to €20.2 million of which 
€12.1 million was paid in cash while 
€8.1 million or 40% (2010: 22.6%) was 
settled by the issue of new shares. 

CASH GENERATION
The Group generated Free Cash Flow 
of €106.8 million representing 84.6% 
of EBITDA compared with 103.4% for 
the year ended 28 February 2010. The 
reduction in Free Cash Flow from the 
exceptionally high EBITDA conversion 
rate for the year ended 28 February 
2010 is driven by a number of factors 
including:-
•  increased capital expenditure due to 

the installation of a new IT system (JD 
Edwards) in the acquired Tennent’s 
business. The well invested nature 
of the Group’s manufacturing and 
brewing facilities means that ongoing 
capital investment will continue at low 
levels for the foreseeable future;

•  increased taxation payments 

reflecting higher UK tax liabilities as a 
result of the full year ownership of the 
Tennent’s and Gaymers businesses, 
and the year on year impact of an 
exceptional tax refund received during 
the financial year ended 28 February 
2010 in relation to the receipt of R&D 
tax credits relating to the financial 
years ended 28 February 2005 to 29 
February 2008; 

•  reduced cash inflow from working 

capital management as the prior year 
working capital benefited from the 
timing of the acquisitions as outlined 
below.

The Group continued to maintain its 
focus on cash and working capital 
management during the financial 
year and had anticipated that it would 
be debt neutral at the year end, but 
higher than originally anticipated cash 

outflows in relation to integration and 
restructuring costs resulted in the 
Group retaining a net debt position, 
albeit at the low level of €6.3 million 
/ 0.07 times EBITDA (calculated in 
accordance with the Committed 
Revolving Loan Facility Agreements), at 
the year end. 

The free cash inflow in the financial 
year ended 28 February 2010 principally 
reflected low capital investment, a 
reduction in financing costs driven 
by a fall in variable interest rates 
and a positive working capital 
contribution primarily from the timing 
of the acquisition of the Tennent’s 
and Gaymers cider businesses which 
yielded a working capital inflow of €30.0 
million in Tennent’s, partly offset by a 
working capital outflow in the Gaymers 
cider business of €4.2 million, as no 
trade receivables were transferred on 
acquisition.

A summary cash flow statement is set 
out in Table 1.

KEy LIqUIDITy INDICATORS
The Group continues to have a very 
strong balance sheet, fully invested 
production facilities and good cash 
generation capabilities. The receipt of 
a gross cash consideration of €300.0 
million following the disposal of its 
Spirits & Liqueurs business enabled 
the Group to significantly reduce its 
net debt position by the year end and 
leaves the Group well placed to support 
continued business investment and 
take advantage of any acquisition or 
development opportunities which may 
arise. The Group’s primary euro facility 
reduced to €185.0 million, of which 
€100 million is drawn, during the 
financial year and is due for renewal in 
May 2012. 

2 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

Table 1 – Cash flow summary

Inflows 
Operating profit (i) 
Amortisation/depreciation 
EBITDA (ii) 

Outflows 
Working capital 
Net capital expenditure 
Net finance costs 
Tax paid 
Exceptional items paid 
Other  

Free cash flow(iii) 

Proceeds on disposal of subsidiaries 
Proceeds from exercise of share options and issue of new shares under Joint Share Ownership Plan 
Deferred consideration / costs of acquisitions 
Dividends paid in cash 

Reduction/ (increase) in net debt 

Net debt at beginning of year 
Translation adjustment 
Non cash movement 

Net debt(iv) at end of year 

Table 2 – Key liquidity indicators

Financial Summary 
EBITDA (ii) 
Net interest paid 
Net debt 

Adjusted Diluted EPS 
Dividend per share 
Dividend cover 

Price performance 
Share price at 28 February  
52 week high 
52 week low 

2011 

€m 

105.0 
21.3 
126.3 

31.5 
(21.1) 
(7.1) 
(8.4) 
(13.5) 
(0.9) 

106.8 

294.9 
4.8 
(31.7) 
(12.1) 

362.7 

(364.9) 
(2.6) 
(1.5) 

(6.3) 

2011 

126.3 
7.1 
6.3 

25.4 
6.6 
26% 

€3.54 
€3.60 
€2.75 

€m 
€m 
€m 

Cent 
Cent 

Market capitalisation at year end (excluding treasury shares) 

€m 

1,149.1 

Financing 
EBITDA/net interest  
Net debt/EBITDA 
Net debt as percentage of market capitalisation 

17.8 
0.07 
0.5% 

(i)   before exceptional costs and inclusive of discontinued activities 
(ii)   EBITDA: Earnings before exceptional items, interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation 
(iii)  Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP measure that comprises cash flow from operating activities net of capital investment cash outflows which form part of investing activities.  

Free Cash Flow highlights the underlying cash generating performance of the ongoing business.  

(iv)  Net Debt is net of prepaid issue costs of €0.3 million (2010: €1.8 million) and excludes the fair value of swap instruments amounting to a liability of €2 million (2010: €4.9 million)

2010

€m

89.5
16.8
106.3

38.0
(5.4)
(7.0)
(4.7)
(13.0)
(4.3)

109.9

2.1
1.5
(237.7)
(14.7)

(138.9)

(226.2)
0.6
(0.4)

(364.9)

2010

106.3
7.0
364.9 

22.7 
6.0 
26%

€2.71
€3.20
€0.90

861.9

17.9
2.8
42.3%

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

2 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCE REVIEW - CONTINUED

The Group is subject to two financial 
covenants under the terms of its debt 
agreements, interest cover and Net 
Debt:EBITDA. Interest cover, being a 
measure of the ability of a company to 
meet interest payments on outstanding 
debt, remains very strong at 17.8 
times, being in excess of fives times 
the 3.5 times minimum cover provided 
in the Group’s banking covenants. Net 
debt/EBITDA ratio, being a measure 
of the ability of a company to pay off 
its incurred debt, reduced to 0.07 
times (maximum level specified in the 
aforementioned banking covenants 
is 3.5 times) following debt reduction 
and reflects the Group’s extremely 
low levels of net debt. An analysis of 
cash, debt and derivative financial 
instruments including maturity profiles 
is set out in notes 20, 21 and 24.

This significantly reduced net debt to 
market capitalisation ratio is primarily 
driven by the repayment of debt and to a 
lesser extent the increase in the market 
capitalisation of the Group.

RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS
In compliance with IFRS, the net assets 
and actuarial liabilities of the various 
defined benefit pension schemes 
operated by the Group companies, 
computed in accordance with IAS 19 
Employee Benefits, are included on 
the face of the Group balance sheet as 
retirement benefit obligations.

The last actuarial valuation of 1 January 
2009 highlighted the Republic of Ireland 
schemes’ failure to meet the Minimum 
Funding Standard and, although the 
Pensions Board deferred the deadline 
for the submission of funding recovery 
plans and applications for benefit 
reductions until further clarification 
is received from the Government in 

relation to their plans for pension 
reform, the Group is continuing to work 
with the Pension Scheme Trustees to 
implement pension reform with the 
objective of managing the Group’s 
funding risk, making the schemes 
sustainable and placing the schemes 
in a position to satisfy the funding 
standard.

At 28 February 2011, the retirement 
benefit obligations on the IAS 19 basis 
amounted to €15.3 million gross and 
€13.3 million net of deferred tax (2010: 
€21.2 million gross and €18.4 million 
net of deferred tax). The movement in 
the deficit is as follows:-

Deficit at 1 March 2010 
Translation adjustment  
Employer contributions paid  
Actuarial gains 
Charge to the Income Statement 
Deficit at 28 February 2011 

€m

21.2
0.1
(6.6)
(0.2)
0.8
15.3

The reduction in the value of the 
Group’s retirement benefit obligation 
is largely as a result of the recognition 
of the annual employer contribution. 
The charge to the income statement 
benefits from the recognition of a 
curtailment gain of €2.0 million which 
primarily arose as a result of the 
restructuring of the Group’s operations 
and the disposal of its Spirits & 
Liqueurs business which led to the 
reclassification of these employees 
from active to deferred members. 

All other significant assumptions 
applied in the measurement of the 
Group’s pension obligations at 28 
February 2011 are consistent with those 
as applied at 28 February 2010.

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The primary financial market risks that 
the Group is exposed to include interest 
rate and foreign currency exchange rate 
movement risks. The board of Directors 
set the treasury policies and objectives 
of the Group, the implementation 
of which is monitored by the Audit 
Committee. Details of both the policies 
and control procedures adopted to 
manage these financial risks are set 
out in detail in note 24 to the financial 
statements. The Group is also exposed 
to commodity price fluctuations, and 
manages this risk, where economically 
viable, by entering into fixed price short 
term supply contracts with suppliers. 
The Group does not directly enter into 
commodity hedge contracts.

In addition, the Group enters into 
insurance arrangements to cover 
certain insurable risks where 
external insurance is considered by 
management to be an economic means 
of mitigating these risks.

Debt and interest rate management
The Group’s debt is primarily 
denominated in euro, subject to floating 
interest rates, and repayable by way 
of a bullet repayment on maturity. A 
sterling denominated loan facility was 
negotiated in November 2009, subject to 
variable interest rates and is repayable 
by instalment, the last of which is due 
on 30 June 2011. This facility will be 
repaid from existing cash resources. It 
is the intention of the Group to review 
its debt structure and to contract a new 
facility in advance of the maturing of its 
euro debt facility which is due to expire 
in May 2012. The Group finished the 
year in a very strong financial position. 
Reporting a net debt of €6.3 million the 
Group is substantially debt free. The 
sale of the Spirits & Liqueurs business 

2 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
The effective rate for the translation 
of results from foreign currency 
operations was €1:£0.85 (year ended 
28 February 2010: €1:£0.89) and the 
effective rate for the translation of the 
net operating profit impact or foreign 
currency transactions was €1:£0.88 
(year ended 28 February 2010: €1:£0.82)

The principal foreign currency forward 
contracts in place at 28 February 2011 
are:

Sterling amount  

(m) 

Average forward rate 

(Euro:Stg) 

2012

 20.0

0.84

Where hedge accounting is applied, 
hedges are documented and tested 
for effectiveness on an ongoing basis. 
All interest rate swaps and currency 
hedges are based on forecasted 
exposures and meet the requirements 
of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: 
Recognition and Measurement to 
qualify as cash flow hedges. The fair 
value of all outstanding hedges at 
28 February 2011 as calculated by 
reference to current market value 
amounted to a net liability of €1.7 
million (2010: €6.8 million net liability) 
and this has been included on the 
balance sheet under “derivative 
financial assets and liabilities”.

for €300.0 million plus working capital 
adjustments was the main driver in the 
reduction of net debt and effectively 
de-risks the refinancing of the Group’s 
primary euro debt facility. 

In line with its treasury policy, the 
Group hedges an appropriate portion 
of its interest rate risk and, as set out 
in note 24, at 28 February 2011 the 
Group has €50.0 million of its variable 
rate debt converted to fixed rates 
through the use of interest rate swap 
agreements at the following interest 
rates (excluding margin):

Expiring on 31 August 2012 

Amount 
fixed 
€m 
50.0 

Fixed
interest
rate
4.57%

Cash deposits are all invested on a 
short term basis with banks who are 
members of our banking syndicate. 

Currency risk management
The Group publishes its consolidated 
financial statements in euro but 
conducts business in other currencies. 
By entering into foreign currency 
transactions and by the consolidation 
of the results of its non-euro reporting 
foreign operations the Group is exposed 
to both transaction and translation 
foreign currency rate risk. The Group 
hedges a portion of its exposure to the 
sterling value of its foreign operations 
by designating its sterling borrowings 
as a net investment hedge. Currency 
transaction exposures primarily arise 
on the sterling denominated sales 
of its euro subsidiary undertakings 
and the Group’s policy is to hedge an 
appropriate portion of this exposure for 
a period of up to 2 years ahead. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

2 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITy

S U S T A I N A B I L I T y   P R O G R A M M E
C & C   R E G A R D S   S U S T A I N A B I L I T y  
I T S  
S T A K E H O L D E R S   –   S H A R E H O L D E R S ,
A S   A N   O B L I G A T I O N   T O  
  S U P P L I E R S ,
C U S T O M E R S   A N D   T H E   G E N E R A L  
I N  
  C O N D U C T I N G   B U S I N E S S  
E M P L O y E E S ,
I S   G O O D   F O R  
  T H E   C O M M U N I T y  
A   S U S T A I N A B L E   W A y  
P U B L I C .
I S  
I T  
A N D   T H E   E N V I R O N M E N T   –  
T H E   C O M P A N y ,
  D E L I V E R S  
M O R E   C O S T   E F F E C T I V E ,
A D D E D   V A L U E   A N D   S T I M U L A T E S  
I N N O V A T I O N   A N D   C R E A T I V I T y .

2 6
2 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C
C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
Our goal is not only to achieve sustainability, but also to maintain 
and improve it in every area of our business. This makes good 
commercial sense, regardless of what is happening in the 
economic environment.

C&C’S SUSTAINABILITY 
PROGRAMME FOCUSES ON 
A NUMBER OF KEY AREAS, 
SPECIFICALLY THE MANAGEMENT 
AND REDUCTION OF: 

• ENERGY
• PACKAGING
• WASTE
• WATER
• CARBON CONSUMPTION

ENERGy
Continuous, ongoing energy reduction 
and improvement has been our goal. In 
June 2010, the Group’s Clonmel plant 
gained accreditation to the Irish Energy 
Standard IS EN 16001:2009. This ensures 
a systematic management approach 
to improving energy performance 
continuously. This was achieved on the 
back of our three year agreement with the 
Sustainable Energy Authority of Ireland, 
which commenced in 2008. The objective 
is to reduce energy consumption across 
the business and, over the last three years, 
the energy initiatives implemented have 
resulted in a reduction of 23% in energy, 
usage. Targets are in place to make 
significant further reductions in the year 
ahead. 

The Group’s Wellpark brewery is actively 
participating in the brewing sector’s 
Industrial Energy Efficiency Accelerator. 
This pilot programme is being completed 
with The Carbon Trust – a UK Government 
agency. This will ensure that Wellpark is 
well placed to recognise and implement 
early opportunities for best practice. The 
brewery continues to meet its regulatory 
targets, operating within the European 
Union Emissions Trading Scheme.

PACKAGING
The light-weighting of packaging 
continued at Clonmel during the year 
ended 28 February 2011. These are 
important initiatives that deliver benefits 
across many areas of the business, 
from source materials to transportation. 
The results deliver both cost and 
environmental benefits. 

Initiatives included:

•  a 6% reduction in weight of paper labels.

•  a 10% reduction in crown metal usage.

•  a 14% reduction in the weight of the Litre 

bottle.

•  a 7% reduction in bottle multipack 

weight. 

•  can line shrinkwrap was down-gauged, 
resulting in a 20% reduction in usage.

•  the weight of the Bulmers returnable 
pint bottle was reduced from 510g to 
438g – a 14% reduction.

•  by adding an extra layer to incoming 
pallets, 16% more pint bottles can be 
added to each pallet. This has allowed us 
to reduce the number of truck journeys, 
leading to a commensurate reduction in 
transport costs.

We continue to find ways to reduce weight 
and waste. 

The major packaging resource for 
Tennent’s Lager is the aluminium can. 
In the last six years a can light-weighting 
programme has been undertaken 
in partnership with suppliers. Four 
reductions in can wall thickness have 
been achieved in this period, significantly 
reducing the carbon footprint of the 
product.

Our Shepton cider mill has also delivered 
reductions: PET bottle weight has been 
reduced, cans have been down-gauged 
and trials to reduce the volume of shrink 
wrap are ongoing. 

WASTE
As a commercial business, we are aware 
of the levels of waste that we produce, and 
how we can reduce them. Our ultimate 
goal is to recycle or recover for reuse 
100% of our waste products. 

In calendar 2010, we achieved a figure 
of 99.2% recovery and recycling at our 
Clonmel site. This meant that only 0.8% 
of waste generated on site was sent to 
landfill, which is an impressive statistic. 
There is a closed loop recycling of 
glass and aluminium, while 100% of all 
cardboard and plastic are recycled.

At our Wellpark site we continue to 
build on the ‘principle of 5S’, the lean 
manufacturing principle, with a number 
of workshops being held this year for 
employees to build awareness. In addition 
we have invested in recycling equipment 
within our packaging operation to ensure 
we recycle cans, plastic film, paper and 
cardboard waste. In calendar 2010 can 
wastage was reduced by 10%.

At our Shepton site, waste disposal has 
fallen year-on-year as efforts to recycle 
and re-use materials become more 
successful.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

2 7

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITy - CONTINUED

GREEN PRODUCTION AND 
PROCUREMENT 
We have continued the Green Apple 
Awards, a biennial competition open to all 
contracted growers who supply apples to 
the cider mill at Shepton. In the contracted 
orchards, growers are encouraged to 
practise Integrated Pest Management 
(IPM). This involves the use of carefully 
timed sprays to minimise usage and the 
impact on beneficial insects. Biodiversity 
is encouraged. We work closely with the 
Farming and Wildlife Group at Somerset 
County Council. 

C&C Group was awarded 1st place in 
the Green Private Sector Procurement 
category of the 2010 Irish National 
Procurement Awards. This was in 
recognition of the very significant carbon 
reduction achieved when we reduced 
the glass weight in our cider bottles at 
Clonmel.

At Clonmel the result of our Sustainability 
Programme over the last two years has 
been a 10% year on year reduction in 
carbon emissions intensity. This reduction 
comes from four core areas: gas and 
electricity reduction, process efficiency, 
improved transport efficiency and 
packaging optimisation. 

The Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) is an 
independent not-for-profit organisation 
which holds the largest database of 
primary corporate climate change 
information in the world. The CDP was 
launched in Ireland during 2009, and C&C 
Group was one of the first companies 
to be invited to make a submission to 
the project. A corporate and product 
carbon footprint analysis was updated 
and submitted by us in calendar 2010. 
It included our Clonmel and Wellpark 
operations. In 2011, C&C Group will again 
participate in the CDP and we will also 
include our operations at Shepton.

The CRC Energy Efficiency Scheme, 
previously known as the Carbon Reduction 
Commitment (CRC), is an energy saving 
and carbon emissions reduction scheme 
for the UK. It is aimed at improving 
energy efficiency and therefore cutting 
CO2 emissions in large public and private 
sector organisations. The scheme features 
a range of reputational, behavioural 
and financial drivers which seek to 
encourage organisations to develop 
energy management strategies, thereby 
promoting a better understanding of 
energy usage. This is a rigorous and 
detailed process, and, during 2010, C&C 
Group registered for the scheme for all 
operations in the UK.

Finally it should be noted that our orchards 
and those of our suppliers absorb the 
equivalent of 40% of our carbon output.

WATER
An aquifer protection programme has 
been implemented in Clonmel over recent 
years, resulting in successful registration 
to the IS 432 :2005 Spring Water standard. 
As a result of improved management of 
our natural resources we have achieved an 
11% reduction in water usage since 2008. 
Water consumption at Clonmel in calendar 
2010 was 3.07 hectolitres of water per 
hectolitre of cider produced. This is 
significantly below the recognised global 
brewing benchmark of 4 hl/hl. 

At our Wellpark brewery, water 
consumption measures 3.6hl/hl, which 
is also significantly below the recognised 
global brewing benchmark of 4 hl/hl. In 
2010, our focus and investment has been 
on brewery condensate recovery, which 
will help to minimise both water and 
energy consumption.

At Shepton, the water efficiency ratio on 
site continues to be in-line with industry 
standards. Water re-use projects, such as 
reclaiming pasteuriser, bottle rinse water, 
fruit processing and minimisation projects 
on plant and process cleaning systems, 
have helped to reduce our use of mains 
water by 22%, with minimal capital outlay. 
They have also resulted in a substantial 
reduction in effluent discharge. 

CARBON
Our Carbon Reduction Team continues to 
focus on achievable carbon reductions, 
specifically at our production facilities. 

C&C Group has continued to measure its 
corporate and product carbon footprint, 
using the Greenhouse Gas Protocol (GHG 
Protocol). This is the most widely used 
international accounting tool to enable 
governments and business leaders 
to understand, quantify and manage 
greenhouse gas emissions. Our carbon 
footprint figures in calendar 2010 included 
the Wellpark brewery and in 2011 will be 
extended to encompass the Shepton cider 
mill.

2 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

OUR ORCHARDS AND THOSE 
OF OUR SUPPLIERS ABSORB 
THE EQUIVALENT OF 40% OF 
OUR CARBON OUTPUT.

COMMUNITy ENGAGEMENT
Bulmers employs more than 200 people 
in the greater Clonmel region in Co. 
Tipperary and in Dublin. With generations 
of families having worked in the original or 
present Clonmel plant, Bulmers remains 
close to the heart of the town. Bulmers 
continues to support local community 
initiatives and festivals in Clonmel through 
its sponsorship programme, thereby 
developing strong relations with local 
businesses, media and the community.

Tennent’s investment in Scottish good 
causes was enhanced in the summer 
of 2010 with support for the Caledonian 
Challenge. This charity walk from Fort 
William to Tyndrum, involving almost 1,000 
participants, raised over £1 million for 
Scottish charities.

Tennent’s has introduced a dedicated 
Training Academy, with the support of 
the Scottish government. The academy is 
located at Wellpark Brewery, and has been 
fully kitted out to train the next generation 
of pub owners, bar staff and managers. It 
provides opportunities to people who wish 
to become involved in the licensed trade, 
through training and education.

Tennent’s is now sourcing 75% of its malt 
requirements from Scottish farmers. Not 
only does this support the Scottish farming 
industry, it also reduces the transport 
carbon footprint. The aim is to source 
100% of malt from Scotland by 2012.

Our Shepton cider mill is a large employer 
in the west of England. We actively 
support local and regional community 
initiatives, through sponsorship, donations, 
hospitality and events. This continues 
to build strong relationships with local 
people, local businesses, key stakeholders 
and media in the West Country. 

C&C is proposing to establish a 
scholarship fund at University College 
Dublin, which, in honour of the Company’s 
former chairman, will be known as the 
Tony O’Brien Scholarship Fund. The 
scholarships will support suitably qualified 
students from the CBS Secondary School 
in his home town of Kilkenny City who are 
undertaking degree courses in commerce 
or economics at UCD.

RESPONSIBLE DRINKING
Portman Group
C&C Group is a member of the Portman 
Group, the industry body set up to promote 
responsible drinking. The Portman Code 
of Practice seeks to ensure that alcohol 
is promoted in a socially responsible 
manner and only to those over 18. The 
Code applies to the naming, packaging 
and promotional material and activity of 
all pre-packaged alcoholic drinks which 
are marketed for sale and consumption in 
the UK. We include in this all advertising, 
the brand name, product descriptor, 
packaging, print media, internet and other 
new media, sponsorships, promotions (on- 
and off-trade), labelling and point of sale 
materials.

Public Health Responsibility Deal 
In March 2011, C&C Group joined with 
170 companies to sign up to the UK 
Coalition Governments “Public Health 
Responsibility Deal” with the aim of 
working in partnership with Government 
and other organisations to improve public 
health through their influence over food, 
alcohol, physical activity and health in the 
workplace. This long term programme 
sees companies commit and report on a 
series of pledges aimed at tackling alcohol 
misuse.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

2 9

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITy - CONTINUED

TENNENT’S ONCE AGAIN 
OPERATED ‘BE CHILLED’ AT  
‘T IN THE PARK’ – A FACILITY 
FOR CONSUMERS CAMPING 
AT THE FESTIVAL TO PRE-
ORDER AND COLLECT CHILLED 
TENNENT’S LAGER TO 
ENCOURAGE TRADING DOWN.

UK Minimum Juice Content and 
Minimum Pricing 
The definition of cider for UK excise 
duty purposes was amended with effect 
from 1 September 2010, and included 
the requirement for minimum levels of 
apple or pear juice. The level was set at 
a minimum of 35% of juice at a specific 
gravity of at least 1.033 in both the 
fermentation and final packed product. 
Products whose juice content was below 
the threshold, typically the ‘value’ brands, 
became subject to a higher level of duty.

The Scottish Government has made 
proposals to introduce minimum pricing 
for alcohol. We support these measures 
so long as they are fair, proportionate and 
part of an overall programme to reduce 
the abuse of alcohol.

Responsible leisure initiatives
Tennent’s has continued its ongoing 
commitment to responsible drinking 
messages throughout calendar 2010. 
‘T in the Park’, where Tennent’s is 
the founding partner, leads the way 
working with government and others 
to get responsibility messages across. 
The festival was once again a platform 
to deliver Responsible Drinking and 
Environmental messaging, both at 
the festival and across the event 
communications campaign. This included 
placing information about alcohol units 
on 400,000 event cups. We also applied a 
nationally recognized scheme that asks 
for proof of age if the consumer appears 
under 21. 

Tennent’s donated 50% of contracted 
advertising space on the large screens 
by the two main stages and on the 
outside back cover in the Official Event 
Programme to Drinkaware Trust and 
Department of Health campaigns. 
Tennent’s once again operated ‘Be Chilled’ 
at ‘T in the Park’ – a facility for consumers 
camping at the festival to pre-order 
and collect chilled Tennent’s Lager to 
encourage trading down; 4-packs were the 
most popular pack size over the weekend. 
The initiative was promoted in advance 
of the weekend, with all communications 
carrying responsible drinking messages 
including emphasis on eating (Healthy T) 
and alternating drinks with water. T in the 
Park provides free drinking water across 
the festival site via stand-pipes.

Tennent’s commenced a multi-million 
pound sponsorship of Celtic and Rangers 
in July 2010, using the mass appeal of the 
Old Firm to support the clubs’ charitable 
causes, UEFA campaigns and Responsible 
Drinking initiatives. In September 2010, 
Tennent’s donated advertising space in the 
club magazines and match programmes 
to Drinkaware’s “Why Let Good Times 
Go Bad?” campaign. Tennent’s also 
supported UEFA’s Respect campaign with 
a donation of branded Rangers shirts for 
the European Champions League group 
match against Valencia in Spain.

3 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

In 2010 for the first time we launched 
a business wide employee survey and 
achieved an employee response rate 
in excess of 80%. Each business area 
undertook employee feedback sessions 
and teams across the business identified 
actions to improve effectiveness. A further 
survey will be held this year.

The acquisitions made in 2009 and 2010 
resulted in differences across our enlarged 
employment base with respect to both 
the elements and levels of reward and 
benefits. In 2010 we undertook a review 
of this area and identified a number of 
areas to harmonise in order to apply some 
consistent principles. 

We remain committed to investing in 
developing our employees. In 2010 we 
undertook a blend of in-role learning, 
secondments, placements, coaching and 
development programmes across the 
business.

EMPLOyEES
Our employees are fundamental to the 
success of our business and we will 
continue to invest in attracting, developing, 
engaging, and rewarding employees with 
the skills we require.

This year our employee priorities have 
focused on ensuring that we create the 
right structure, environment and support 
to enable each individual to make a 
valuable contribution.

In 2010 a significant amount of 
restructuring activity was undertaken; 
this included the integration of the 
Magners and Gaymers businesses in 
Great Britain, the delivery of a new IT 
platform, the exit from the transitional 
service arrangements provided to us by 
AB InBev, a cost reduction programme in 
the Republic of Ireland and the creation 
of a customer contact centre and account 
services team in Wellpark Brewery. In 
addition, the decentralised business 
unit philosophy was finalised across 
the business and, in tandem with this, 
the Supply division was functionalised. 
The delivery of this level of change with 
minimal business disruption was an 
outstanding achievement and a reflection 
of the combined effort made by all of our 
employees.

OUR EMPLOYEES ARE 
FUNDAMENTAL TO THE 
SUCCESS OF OUR BUSINESS 
AND WE WILL CONTINUE 
TO INVEST IN ATTRACTING, 
DEVELOPING, ENGAGING, AND 
REWARDING EMPLOYEES WITH 
THE SKILLS WE REQUIRE.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

3 1

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1.   SIR BRIAN STEWART * 

Group Chairman
 Brian Stewart (66) was appointed as a non-executive Director of the Group 

in March 2010 and elected as Chairman of the Group in August 2010. He is a 

former chairman of Standard Life plc and both a former chairman and chief 

executive of Scottish & Newcastle plc. He is currently chairman of Miller 

Group, the housing, property and construction group. 

2.  JOHN DUNSMORE 

Chief Executive Officer
 John Dunsmore (52) was appointed Chief Executive Officer in November 

2008. He is a former group chief executive of Scottish & Newcastle Plc. He is 

also a non-executive director of Fuller Smith & Turner Plc.

3.   STEPHEN GLANCEy

Chief Operating Officer and Group Finance Director
 Stephen Glancey (50) was appointed Chief Operating Officer in November 

2008 and Group Finance Director in May 2009. A chartered accountant, he is 

a former group operations director of Scottish & Newcastle Plc.

4.   KENNy NEISON
Strategy Director
 Kenny Neison (41) joined the Group in November 2008 and was appointed 

to the Board as Group Strategy Director and Head of Investor Relations in 

November 2009. He previously held a number of senior financial positions in 

Scottish & Newcastle plc, including UK finance director and finance director 

for Western Europe.

1.

3.

2.

4.

BOARD COMMITTEES
Audit Committee** 

Nomination Committee 

Remuneration Committee***  Senior Independent Director

John Hogan (Chairman) 

Sir Brian Stewart (Chairman) 

Philip Lynch (Chairman) 

Richard Holroyd

Liam FitzGerald 

Richard Holroyd 

John Burgess 

Philip Lynch 

Breege O’Donoghue 

Liam FitzGerald

Richard Holroyd

3 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.   JOHN BURGESS *

 John Burgess (60) became a non-executive Director of the Group in January 

1999 following the leveraged buy-out of the Group by funds advised by BC 

Partners, and was re-appointed a non-executive Director on flotation in April 

2004. He joined BC Partners in 1986 as one of the founding partners and was 

a partner there until his retirement in 2006. 

6.   LIAM FITzGERALD *

 Liam FitzGerald (46) was appointed as a non-executive Director of the Group 

in April 2004. He has been a director of United Drug plc since 1996 and has 

served as its chief executive since 2000. He is also a non-executive director of 

Warner Chilcott plc. 

7.   JOHN HOGAN *

 John Hogan (70) was appointed as a non-executive Director of the Group in 

April 2004. He was the managing partner of Ernst & Young in Ireland between 

1994 and 2000 and was a member of its global board. He is currently a non-

executive director of Abbey plc, Prudential International Assurance plc, and 

other private companies.

8.   RICHARD HOLROyD *

 Richard Holroyd (64) was appointed as a non-executive Director of the Group 

in April 2004. He is currently a non-executive director of Otto Weibel AG and 

was a member of the UK Competition Commission from September 2001 to 

April 2010. He was previously the managing director of Colmans of Norwich 

and head of the global marketing futures department of Shell International.

9.   PHILIP LyNCH *

 Philip Lynch (65) was appointed as a non-executive Director of the Group in 

April 2004. He is the chief executive of One51 plc; a non-executive director of 

FBD Holdings plc; and OpenHydro Group Limited. 

10. BREEGE O’DONOGHUE *

 Breege O’Donoghue (66) was appointed as a non-executive Director of the 

Group in April 2004. She is an executive director of Penneys/Primark.  

She is chair of the Labour Relations Commission; a member of the Outside 

Appointments Board of the Code of Standards and Behaviour for the Civil 

Service; a trustee of IBEC; and was previously a director of An Post and  

Aer Rianta.

5.

7.

9.

6.

8.

10.

For information on independence of the Directors, please see Directors’ Statement of Corporate Governance

*   Non-Executive Director 
**   The Audit Committee has determined that John Hogan is the Audit Committee financial expert.
*** Sir Brian Stewart stepped down from the Remuneration Committee on his appointment as Chairman.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

3 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report

The Directors present the annual report and audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 28 
February 2011.

priNcipAL ActiVities, BUsiNess reVieW AND FUtUre DeVeLopMeNts
The Group’s principal trading activity is the production, marketing and selling of cider and beer.

During the year the Group disposed of its Spirits & Liqueurs business for a gross consideration of €300 million plus working 
capital adjustments. This disposal was approved by the Group’s shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting on 17 June, 
2010 and completed on 1 July, 2010.

The information to be included with respect to the review of the business and future developments as required by section 13 of 
the Companies (Amendment) Act 1986 is contained in the Operations Review on pages 10 to 20.

resULts
Revenue on a continuing basis at €789.7m was 60.9% higher than 2010 (2010: €490.8m). Profit before exceptional items and 
finance costs amounted to €100.5m (2010: €74.8m), an increase of 34.4% on the previous year. The Group earned a profit for 
the year of €300.4m after accounting for exceptional items and including profit from discontinued activities, giving rise to a 
basic earnings per share of 93.4c compared with a basic earnings per share in 2010 of 23.2c. Diluted earnings per share from 
continuing operations amounted to 21.5c compared with a diluted earnings per share of 17.8c in the previous year.

The financial statements for the year ended 28 February 2011 are set out on pages 55 to 109.

DiViDeNDs
 An interim dividend of 3.3c per share was paid in December 2010. Subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting, it is 
proposed to pay a final ordinary dividend of 3.3c per share to shareholders who are registered at close of business on 27 May 
2011.

BoArD oF Directors
Sir Brian Stewart was appointed to the Board as a non-executive Director and Chairman Designate on 9 March 2010. He was 
elected as Chairman by shareholders at the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 5 August 2010. Mr Tony O’Brien retired as 
Chairman and a Director after the Annual General Meeting on 5 August 2010.

In line with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code published in June 2010, C&C Group is adopting a policy of 
annual re-election for all Board Directors. Consequently, all Directors will offer themselves for re-election at the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting to be held on 29 June 2011.

Directors, secretArY AND tHeir iNterests
The names of the current Directors appear on pages 32 and 33, together with a short biographical note on each Director. The 
Directors who served during the year are listed in the table below. Information in relation to the beneficial and non-beneficial 
interests in the share capital of Group companies held by the Directors and Secretary who held office at 28 February 2011 is 
contained within the Report of the Remuneration Committee on pages 46 to 51. 

Director 
Sir Brian Stewart 
John Dunsmore 
Stephen Glancey 
Kenny Neison 
John Burgess 
Liam FitzGerald 
John Hogan 
Richard Holroyd 
Philip Lynch 
Breege O’Donoghue 
Tony O’Brien 

status 
Current 
Current 
Current 
Current 
Current 
Current 
Current 
Current 
Current 
Current 
Retired 

Appointment
independent / Non-independent 
2010
Chairman 
Non-Independent | Chief Executive Officer 
2008
Non-Independent | Chief Operating Officer & Group Finance Director  2008
2009
Non-Independent | Strategy Director 
2004
Independent 
2004
Independent 
2004
Independent 
2004
Independent 
2004
Independent 
2004
Independent 
2004
Former Chairman 

reseArcH AND DeVeLopMeNt
Certain Group undertakings are engaged in ongoing research and development aimed at improving processes and expanding 
product ranges. 

priNcipAL risKs AND UNcertAiNties
Under Irish company law (Statutory Instrument 116.2005 European Communities (International Financial Reporting Standards 
and Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2005), the Group and Company are required to give a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties which they face.

3 4
3 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C
C & C   G R O U P   P L C

The principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group’s businesses are set out below:
•  Demand for the Group’s products and the pricing of products are influenced by economic conditions in the Group’s principal markets. 
Prolonged economic weakness in these markets, inflation and government austerity measures may affect consumer spending and 
confidence, which could have an adverse impact on Group sales volumes, revenue and profits. The Group seeks to mitigate these 
risks through careful forecasting and regular monitoring of market conditions and their impact on the Group’s profitability and by 
maximising operating efficiency.

•  The decline in the number of, and revenue from, on-trade premises in Ireland and the United Kingdom, and the increase in the size 
of the off-trade relative to the on-trade, may adversely impact revenue and profits. Financial difficulties within the customer base, 
particularly in the on-trade where the Group has exposure through trade loans and advances of discounts, may adversely impact 
revenue and profits. The Group monitors the level of its exposure carefully.

•  An increase in the buying and negotiating strength of the Group’s customers through gains in market share or consolidation could 
force the Group to lower its prices, with an adverse effect on the Group’s revenue and profits. The Group seeks to offset this risk by 
developing new markets and customers for its products and through product innovation.

•  The entry of new competitors into the Group’s markets, a change in the level of marketing undertaken by competitors or in their 

pricing policies, consolidation of the Group’s competitors and/or the introduction of new competing products or brands could have 
a material adverse effect on the Group’s market share, sales volumes, revenue and profits. The Group has a programme of brand 
investment to maintain and enhance the market position of its products. 

•  Consumer preferences may change and demand for existing products may decline or be replaced by other products affecting sales 

volumes, revenue and profitability. The Group seeks to respond to changes in consumer preferences through a programme of product 
innovation and the renovation of established brands, to retain existing customers and to recruit new ones.

•  The Group’s cider divisions are impacted by seasonal fluctuations in demand, with demand highest during the summer months. An 

unseasonably bad summer, particularly in Ireland and the UK, could have an adverse impact on the Group’s sales volumes, revenue and profits. 

•  The Group’s operations involve the sale and purchase of goods denominated in currencies other than the euro, principally pounds 

sterling and the US dollar. As a result, fluctuations between the value of the euro and these currencies could have an adverse effect 
on the value of the reported revenue and profits of the Group. Increases in interest rates may also impact profitability. The Group 
seeks to mitigate these risks through currency and interest rate hedging and structured financial contracts to hedge a portion of the 
Group’s foreign currency transaction exposure and to fix a portion of the Group’s variable rate interest exposure. 

•  Volatility and continued inflationary effects linked to input costs could have an adverse impact on profitability or continuity of supply 
of raw materials and ingredients to the Group. The weather and other factors may affect the availability of raw materials. The Group 
seeks to mitigate some of these risks through trade relationships with suppliers and by entering into fixed price supply agreements. 
The Group does not seek to hedge its exposure to commodity prices by entering into derivative financial instruments.

•  The Group may not be able to fulfil the demand for its products due to circumstances such as the loss of a production or storage 

facility or disruptions to its supply chains. This would adversely affect sales volumes, revenue and profits. The Group seeks to mitigate 
the financial impact of such an event through business interruption and other insurances and the operational impact of such an event 
by the availability of multiple production facilities, and through fire safety standards and disaster recovery protocols.

•  The Group may be adversely affected by changes in government regulations including changes in excise duty or taxation on cider 
and beer in the UK, Ireland and other territories, or restrictions on alcohol pricing or advertising. Within the context of supporting 
responsible drinking initiatives, the Group supports the work of its trade associations to present the industry’s case to government.
•  The Group’s operations are subject to extensive regulation. The Group is subject to stringent environmental, health and safety and 
food safety laws and regulations which could result in increased compliance or remediation costs which would adversely affect 
profitability. For the purposes of competition law certain of the market segments in the principal jurisdictions in which the Group is 
active could be considered concentrated, restricting the ability of the Group to take advantage of acquisition and other opportunities. 
Additionally, failures to comply with all legislation could lead to prosecutions and damage to the Group’s brands and reputation. The 
Group has in place a permanent compliance monitoring function addressing these issues and provides training to its employees.

•  The Group is vulnerable to contamination of its products or base raw materials, whether accidental, natural or malicious. 

Contamination could result in a recall of the Group’s products, the Group being unable to sell its products, damage to brand image, 
negative consumer perception or civil or criminal liability, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s reputation, sales 
volumes, revenue and profits. The Group has established protocols and procedures for incident management and product recall and 
mitigates the financial impact by appropriate insurance cover.

•  The Group’s continued success is dependent on the ongoing services of its executive Directors and senior employees and on its 

continued ability to attract highly qualified personnel. The loss of, or the inability to recruit, senior personnel could have an adverse 
effect on the Group’s ability to run its business and, accordingly, its revenues and profits. The Group seeks to adequately reward, 
motivate and retain its senior personnel through appropriate remuneration policies. The Remuneration Committee’s terms of 
reference require it to make recommendations on remuneration to the Board.

•  Whilst relations with employees are generally good, work stoppages or other industrial action may have a material adverse effect on 
the Group’s ability to manufacture its products and, accordingly, on the Group’s revenue and profits. The Group seeks to ensure good 
employee relations through engagement and dialogue. 

•  The solvency of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes may be affected by a fall in the value of their investments. The liability 

structure of the pension obligations will be subject to market and interest rate volatility and other economic and demographic factors. 
Each of these factors may require the Group to increase its contribution levels. The Group is consulting with members and trustees of 
the schemes to achieve a reform of these obligations.

The Group considers that currently the most significant risks to its results and operations over the short term are (a) the decline 
in the size of the on-trade and the switch in consumer purchasing to the off-trade and (b) the entry of new competitors and new 
competing products in the Group’s principal markets.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

3 5

Directors’ report - coNtiNUeD

FiNANciAL risK MANAGeMeNt
As required by Irish company law, (Statutory Instrument 765.2004) the financial risk management objectives and policies of the 
Company and the Group, including hedging activities and the exposure of the Company and the Group to financial risk, are set out 
in the Finance Review on pages 21 to 25 and note 24 to the financial statements on pages 96 to 103.

AccoUNtiNG recorDs
The Directors believe that they have complied with the requirements of Section 202 of the Companies Act, 1990 with regard to 
books of account by employing accounting personnel with appropriate expertise and by providing adequate resources to the 
finance function. The books of account of the Company are maintained at Group offices in Clonmel, Co. Tipperary.

poLiticAL DoNAtioNs
No political donations were made by the Group during the year which require disclosure in accordance with the Electoral Acts, 
1997 to 2002.

corporAte GoVerNANce
Under Irish company law (Statutory Instrument 450.2009 European Communities (Directive 2006/46/EC) Regulations 2009), the 
Company is required to present a corporate governance statement. This statement is contained in the Directors’ Statement on 
Corporate Governance on pages 38 to 45. 

Directors’ reMUNerAtioN
The Report of the Remuneration Committee on Directors’ Remuneration is set out on pages 46 to 51. In line with international 
best practice, the Board will present this report to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting for the purposes of a non-
binding advisory vote. The Board believes that the resolution provides shareholders with the opportunity to express their views on 
Directors’ remuneration.

sUBstANtiAL HoLDiNGs
As at 17 May 2011, the following shareholders have notified the Company as to their interest in 3% or more of the share capital of 
the Company.

institution 
Invesco Limited 
Southeastern Asset Management, Inc. 
Independent Franchise Partners, LLP 
Oppenheimer Funds, Inc.  
Franklin Resources, Inc.  
Deutsche Bank AG  

%
7.29
5.36
5.18
 4.68
 4.15
 3.21

As far as the Company is aware, other than as stated above, no other person or company has an interest in 3% or more of the 
share capital of the Company.

sHAre price
The share price at 28 February 2011 was €3.54 (2010: €2.71). The price of the Company’s ordinary shares ranged between €2.75 
and €3.60 during the year. 

AUDitor
In accordance with Section 160(2) of the Companies Act, 1963, the auditor, KPMG, Chartered Accountants, will continue in office.

issUe oF sHAres AND pUrcHAse oF oWN sHAres
At the Annual General Meeting held on 5 August 2010, the Directors received a general authority to allot shares. Authority was 
also granted to Directors to allot shares for cash otherwise than in accordance with statutory pre-emption rights. Resolutions 
will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 29 June 2011 to allot shares to a nominal amount which is equal 
to approximately one-third of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company. In addition, a resolution will also be proposed 
to allow the Directors allot shares for cash otherwise than in accordance with statutory pre-emption rights up to an aggregate 
nominal value which is equal to approximately 5% of the nominal value of the issued share capital of the Company, and in the 
event of a rights issue. If granted, these authorities will expire at the conclusion of next year’s Annual General Meeting or 29 
September, 2012, whichever is the earlier. The Directors have currently no intention to issue shares pursuant to these authorities 
except for issues of ordinary shares under the Company’s share option plans and the Company’s scrip dividend scheme.

At the Annual General Meeting held on 5 August 2010 authority was granted to purchase up to 10% of the Company’s Ordinary 
Shares. No shares were purchased by the Company in the year under review.

3 6
3 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C
C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
Special resolutions will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 29 June 2011 to renew the authority of the 
Company, or any of its subsidiaries, to purchase up to 10% of the Company’s Ordinary Shares in issue at the date of the Annual 
General Meeting and in relation to the maximum and minimum prices at which Treasury Shares (effectively shares purchased 
and not cancelled) may be re-issued off-market by the Company. If granted, the authorities will expire on the earlier of the date 
of the Annual General Meeting in 2012 and the date 18 months after the passing of the resolution. The minimum price which may 
be paid for shares purchased by the Company shall not be less than the nominal value of the shares and the maximum price will 
be 105% of the average market price of such shares over the preceding five days. The Directors will only exercise the power to 
purchase shares if they consider it to be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. 

Options to subscribe for a total of 8,071,400 Ordinary Shares are outstanding, representing 2.39% of the issued ordinary share 
capital. If the authority to purchase Ordinary Shares was used in full, the options would represent 2.66% of the issued ordinary 
share capital. At 18 May 2011 the Company has an issued share capital of 337,216,628 ordinary shares of €0.01 each and an 
authorised share capital of 800,000,000 ordinary shares of €0.01 each.

Under the terms of the C&C Joint Share Ownership Plan (further information is contained in the Report of the Remuneration 
Committee on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 46 to 51 the Company issued 16,000,000 ordinary shares which are held jointly 
by an Employee Benefit Trust and the individual executives (save for certain holdings which have been sold or transferred to 
the Employee Benefit Trust), and the shares currently so held are accounted for as Treasury Shares. These shares are however 
included in the calculation of Total Voting Rights for the purposes of Regulation 20 of the Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) 
Regulations 2007.

tAKeoVer BiDs DirectiVe (stAtUtorY iNstrUMeNt 255.2006 eUropeAN coMMUNities (tAKeoVer BiDs (DirectiVe 
2004/25/ec)) reGULAtioNs 2006)
Details of the Company’s capital structure can be found in note 25 to the financial statements on pages 104 to 105. Details of the 
rights attaching to shares, and the deadlines for exercising voting rights, are set out in the Report on Corporate Governance on 
pages 38 to 45 as a description of the powers of the Board of Directors. There are no restrictions on the transfer of any class of 
shares, subject to restrictions that may be imposed by the Board under the Articles in limited circumstances, and no limitations 
on the holding of any class of shares. There are no known arrangements between shareholders restricting transfers of shares 
or relating to voting rights. Details of Employee Share Schemes, and the rights attaching to shares held in these schemes, can 
be found in note 5 to the Financial Statements on pages 75 to 77 and the Report of the Remuneration Committee on Directors’ 
Remuneration on pages 46 to 51. Details of the rights attaching to shares issued under the Joint Share Ownership Plan are set 
out in the of the Report of the Remuneration Committee on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 46 to 51. Details of the powers 
of directors to issue and buy back shares are set out in the previous paragraph. Details of agreements to which the Company 
is party to, and which contain change of control provisions, are contained in note 20 on pages 89 and 90. Change of control 
provisions relating to the Executive Share Option Scheme and the Joint Share Ownership Plan are set out in the Report of the 
Remuneration Committee on Directors remuneration on pages 46 to 51. All of the above details are deemed to be incorporated 
into this part of the Directors’ Report.

ANNUAL GeNerAL MeetiNG
Your attention is drawn to the letter to shareholders and the notice of meeting accompanying this report which set out details of 
the matters which will be considered at the Annual General Meeting.

On behalf of the Board

sir Brian stewart 
Directors

John Dunsmore 

18 May 2011

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

3 7

Directors’ stAteMeNt oF corporAte GoVerNANce

corporAte GoVerNANce
The Directors are committed to maintaining the highest standards of corporate governance. As required by the Listing Rules 
of the Irish Stock Exchange (ISE), this Corporate Governance statement describes how the Group applied the principles of the 
Combined Code on Corporate Governance (June 2008) (the ‘Code’) published in June 2008 by the Financial Reporting Council 
(‘FRC’) throughout the financial year ended 28 February 2011. Except where otherwise stated, the Directors believe that the Group 
has complied with the provisions of the Code throughout the period under review. 

The Directors note that on 29 September 2010, the ISE amended the Listing Rules of the ISE to require Irish listed companies to 
comply or explain against the provisions of the new UK Corporate Governance Code published in June 2010. The UK Corporate 
Governance Code applies to accounting periods beginning on or after 30 September 2010. In addition, the ISE introduced the Irish 
Corporate Governance Annex to apply to accounting periods beginning on or after 18 December 2010. A copy of the Combined 
Code on Corporate Governance (June 2008) and the UK Corporate Governance Code (June 2010) can be obtained from the 
Financial Reporting Council’s website: www.frc.org.uk . A copy of the Irish Corporate Governance Annex can be obtained from the 
ISE’s website: www.ise.ie.

The Board welcomes these corporate governance developments and believes the Company is already substantially compliant 
with the provisions of the new UK Corporate Governance Code. In particular, the Group has adopted the recommendation that 
all Directors seek annual re-election for the Annual General Meeting on 29 June 2011. The Group will seek to fully apply the UK 
Corporate Governance Code and the Irish Corporate Governance Annex for the financial year beginning on 1 March 2011.

BoArD oF Directors
role
The Board is responsible for the oversight, leadership and control of the Group and its long-term success. There is a formal 
schedule of matters reserved to the Board for decision. This includes approval of Group strategic plans, annual budgets, 
financial statements, significant capital expenditure items, major acquisitions and disposals, changes to capital structure, Board 
appointments, and the review of the Group’s corporate governance arrangements and system of internal control.

The roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive are separate with a clear division of responsibility between them, which is set 
out in writing and approved by the Board. The Board delegates responsibility for the management of the Group through the Chief 
Executive to executive management. The Board also delegates some of its responsibilities to Board Committees, details of which 
are set out below.

Individual Directors may seek independent professional advice at the Company’s expense, where they judge it necessary to 
discharge their responsibilities as Directors. No such professional advice was sought by any Director during the year. 

The Group has a policy in place which indemnifies the Directors in respect of certain legal actions taken against them.

Membership
At 28 February 2011, the Board comprised of ten Directors, three executive and seven non-executive Directors (including the 
Chairman). The Board considers that, between them, the Directors bring a range of skills, knowledge and experience necessary 
to lead the Group. Their biographical details are set out on pages 32 and 33.

In line with best-practice governance standards, it is Board policy that at least half the Board, excluding the Chairman, 
shall consist of independent non-executive Directors. During the year, the Group reviewed the composition of the Board 
and determined that John Burgess, Liam FitzGerald, John Hogan, Richard Holroyd, Philip Lynch and Breege O’Donoghue 
were independent. Consequently, as at 28 February, 2011, excluding the Chairman, 66% of the C&C Group Board comprised 
independent, non-executive Directors. 

Each of these Directors bring independent judgement to bear on issues of strategy, performance, resources, key appointments 
and standards. In reaching that conclusion, the Board considered the principles relating to independence contained in the 
Combined Code and the guidance provided by a number of shareholder voting agencies. Those principles and guidance address a 
number of factors that might appear to affect the independence of Directors, including former service as an executive, extended 
service to the Board and cross-directorships. However, they also make clear that a Director may be considered independent 
notwithstanding the presence of one or more of these factors. This reflects the Board’s view that independence is determined by 
a Director’s character and judgement. In the case of John Burgess, the Board considered his length of service but was satisfied 
that his independence was not compromised. As part of this assessment, the Board considered that while John Burgess has 
served on the Board since 1999, he has not served for more than 9 years concurrently with the same executive Directors. In the 
case of Sir Brian Stewart, the Board was satisfied that he was independent on his appointment as referred to below.

3 8
3 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C
C & C   G R O U P   P L C

chairman
Sir Brian Stewart has been Chairman of the Group since August 2010. The Chairman is responsible for the efficient and effective 
working of the Board. He is responsible for ensuring that the Board considers the key strategic issues facing the Group and that 
the Directors receive accurate, timely, relevant and clear information. He also ensures that there is effective communication with 
shareholders and that the Board is apprised of the views of the Group’s shareholders. While the Board has determined that Sir 
Brian Stewart was independent on appointment to the Board, it recognises that previous working relationships with the Group’s 
senior executives is a consideration in determining independence as set out by the Combined Code and some shareholder voting 
agencies. Consequently, while the Board was satisfied as to Sir Brian’s independence, he stepped down from his position as a 
member of the Remuneration Committee on his appointment as Chairman. 

During the period under review there has been no change in the other significant commitments of the Chairman.

senior independent Director
Richard Holroyd was appointed Senior Independent Director in July 2007. He is available to shareholders who have concerns for 
which contact through the normal channels of Chairman, Chief Executive or Finance Director, has failed to resolve or for which 
such contact is inappropriate. He is also available to meet major shareholders on request.

Audit committee Financial expert
The Audit Committee has determined that John Hogan, who also chairs the Committee, is the Audit Committee financial expert. 
He is a qualified chartered accountant and was the managing partner of Ernst & Young in Ireland between 1994 and 2000. He was 
also a member of the Ernst and Young global board.

company secretary
The appointment and removal of the Company Secretary is a matter for the Board. All Directors have access to the Company 
Secretary who is responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures are complied with. The Company Secretary is 
Sinead Gillen, who replaced Noreen O’Kelly on 1 April 2010.

Appointment, retirement and re-election
The non-executive Directors are engaged under the terms of a letter of appointment. A copy of the standard letter of appointment 
is available on request from the Company Secretary. 

The Company’s Articles of Association, require that at least one-third of the Directors subject to rotation shall retire by rotation 
at the Annual General Meeting in every year. Directors appointed by the Board must also submit themselves for election at the 
first annual general meeting following their appointment. However, in accordance with the recommendations of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Directors have resolved that they will all retire and submit themselves for re-election by the shareholders 
at the Annual General Meeting this year. 

induction and Development
All new Directors are provided with extensive briefing materials on the Group’s operations, management, governance structure 
and their duties as a Director. These include visits to Group businesses and briefings with senior management as appropriate. 
Ongoing briefings and meetings with management are also held on a regular basis. 

During the period under review the Board received briefings from the Company’s solicitors on changes to the Combined Code. 
The Board also visited the Group’s production facilities in Clonmel during the period.

Meetings
It is Board policy to meet not less than six times a year. The Board will also meet at other times as it considers appropriate. The 
Board usually makes at least one visit a year to one of the operating subsidiaries. In addition the Board normally spends one day 
a year reviewing the Group’s strategy. During the period under review there were seven scheduled meetings of the Board. Details 
of Directors’ attendance at these scheduled meetings are set out in the table on page 45. Further meetings took place throughout 
the year. In addition, at least one meeting a year provides an opportunity for non-executive Directors and the Chairman to meet 
without the executive Directors present, and a further one meeting a year provides an opportunity for the Senior Independent 
Director and the other non-executive Directors to meet without the Chairman being present.

The Chairman sets the agenda for each meeting in consultation with the Chief Executive and the Company Secretary. The agenda 
and Board papers, which provide the Directors with relevant information to enable them fully consider the agenda items in 
advance, are circulated prior to each meeting. Directors are encouraged to participate in debate and constructive challenge.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

3 9

Directors’ stAteMeNt oF corporAte GoVerNANce - coNtiNUeD

performance evaluation
The Board recognises the importance of a formal and rigorous evaluation of the performance of the Board and its
Committees.

The Chairman conducts an annual review of corporate governance and the operation and performance of the Board and its 
Committees. In the period under review there has been a change of Chairman and the new Chairman, Sir Brian Stewart, has 
commenced a detailed review of the operation of the Board, the performance of individual Directors and, within the remit of the 
Nomination Committee, succession planning, identifying in this process the experience and qualities required by the Group for 
the future implementation of its strategy. 

The Chairman conducts one to one discussions each year with each Director to assess his/her individual performance. 
Performance is assessed against a number of criteria, including his/her contribution to board and committee meetings; time 
commitments; contribution to strategic developments; and relationships with other Directors and management. 

The Senior Independent Director and the other non-executive Directors review the Chairman’s performance each year.

The Board reviews and appraises its own performance annually. In the year under review this has been done by a process of 
self-evaluation. Board members were asked to give confidential assessments to the Group General Counsel, the results being 
reported back to the Board with recommendations for improvement. 

The Board also recognises the need for periodic external evaluation and the UK Corporate Governance Code’s new 
recommendation that such reviews be externally facilitated at least every three years. The Group will establish a formal policy and 
process for external evaluation during the course of the 2011/12 financial year.

remuneration
Details of remuneration paid to Directors (executive and non-executive) are set out in the Report of the Remuneration Committee 
on pages 46 to 51. Non-executive Directors are remunerated by way of a Director’s fee. Additional fees are also payable to the 
Chairman of the Audit Committee, Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and to the Senior Independent Director. It is Board 
policy that non-executive Director remuneration does not comprise any performance related element. Executive Directors’ 
remuneration is inclusive of any Director’s fee. In line with best practice, the report of the Remuneration Committee on Directors’ 
Remuneration will be presented to shareholders for the purposes of a non-binding advisory vote at the Annual General Meeting 
on 29 June 2011. 

share ownership and dealing
Details of Directors’ shareholdings are set out on page 50.

The Group has a policy on dealing in shares that applies to all Directors and senior management. This policy adopts the terms 
of the Model Code as set out in the Listing Rules published by the UK Listing Authority and the Irish Stock Exchange. Under 
this policy, Directors are required to obtain clearance from the Chairman (or in the case of the Chairman himself, from the 
Chief Executive) before dealing. Directors and senior management are prohibited from dealing in the Company’s shares during 
designated close periods and at any other time when the individual is in possession of Inside Information (as defined by the 
Market Abuse (Directive 2003/6/EC) Regulations). 

coMMittees
The Board has established three permanent committees to assist in the execution of its responsibilities. These are the Audit 
Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Ad-hoc committees are formed from time to time to 
deal with specific matters.

Each of the permanent Board Committees has terms of reference under which authority is delegated to them by the Board. These 
terms of reference are available on request from the Company Secretary. Minutes of all Committee meetings are circulated to the 
entire Board.

The current membership of each committee is set out on page 32. Attendance at meetings held is set out in the table on page 45.

The Chairman of each committee attends the Annual General Meeting and is available to answer questions from shareholders.

4 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
Audit committee
The Audit Committee comprises only independent, non-executive Directors. It meets a minimum of four times a year. During the 
period under review it met six times. Attendance at meetings held is set out in the table on page 45.

The Group Finance Director attends Committee meetings as appropriate, while the internal auditor and the external auditor 
attend as required and have direct access to the Committee Chairman. The Head of Finance is the secretary of the Committee.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

•  monitoring the integrity and fairness of the financial statements of the Group, including the annual report, interim report, 

interim management statements, preliminary results and other trading statements;

•  reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls and risk management systems;

•  reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit function;

•  making recommendations to the Board in relation to the appointment and removal of the Group’s external auditor;

•  evaluating the performance of the external auditor including their independence and objectivity;

•  reviewing the annual internal and external audit plans;

•  ensuring compliance with the Group’s policy on the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor.

The Committee discharged its obligations during the year as follows:

•  the Committee reviewed the trading statements issued by the Company in July 2010 and August 2010;

•  the Committee reviewed the Financial Report for six months ended 31 August 2010 prior to its release in October 2010;

•  the Committee reviewed the Interim Management Statements issued in May 2010 and January 2011;

•  the Committee reviewed the external audit plan presented by the external auditor in advance of the audit;

•  the Committee reviewed the preliminary results announcement and the annual report and financial statements. It reviewed the 

post-audit report from the external auditor identifying any accounting or judgemental issues requiring its attention;

•  the Committee approved the annual internal audit plan and received internal audit reports and reviewed the findings of the 

internal auditor;

•  the Committee considered whether or not to recommend the re-appointment of the external auditor; 

•  the Committee commissioned a report on the accounting treatment for the joint share ownership plan; and 

•  the Committee also reviewed its Terms of Reference during the year.

During the period under review, a new internal auditor was appointed, bringing the function in-house. The internal auditor 
reports to the Committee and the Committee has approved his terms of reference. He is engaged on a programme of work, which 
includes, inter alia, examining the fundamental controls of the Group, especially in the acquired businesses. 

The Group has a policy in place governing the conduct of non-audit work by the external auditor. Under this policy the auditor is 
prohibited from performing services where the auditor:

•  may be required to audit his/her own work;

•  would participate in activities that would normally be undertaken by management;

•  is remunerated through a “success fee” structure;

•  acts in an advocacy role for the Group.

Other than the above, the Group does not impose an automatic ban on the external auditor undertaking non-audit work. The 
engagement of the external auditor in non-audit work must be pre-approved by the Committee or entered into pursuant to pre-
approved policies and procedures established by the Committee.

Details of the amounts paid to the external auditor during the year for audit and other services are set out in note 3 to the 
financial statements on page 74. The Committee has adopted a policy that except in exceptional circumstances with the prior 
approval of the Audit Committee non-audit fees paid to the Group’s Auditor should be capped at a maximum of 100% of audit fees 
in any one year. During the year the Committee concurred with the auditor providing non-audit advisory services principally in 
relation to tax and other advice relating to the disposal of the Spirits & Liqueurs division on the basis that they were best placed 
to undertake such work in the best interests of shareholders.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

4 1

Directors’ stAteMeNt oF corporAte GoVerNANce - coNtiNUeD

Nomination committee
The Nomination Committee is chaired by the Group Chairman and its constitution requires it to consist of a majority of 
independent, non-executive Directors. It meets a minimum of twice a year and has met twice in the period under review. 
Attendance at meetings held is set out in the table on page 45.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

•  reviewing the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge and experience) required of the Board and 

making recommendations regarding any changes in order to ensure that the composition of the Board and its Committees is 
appropriate to the Group’s needs;

•  overseeing succession planning for the Board and senior management;

•  establishing processes for the identification of suitable candidates for appointment to the Board;

•  making recommendations to the Board on membership of Board Committees.

The Committee is empowered to use the services of independent consultants to facilitate the search for suitable candidates for 
appointment as non-executive Directors.

During the period under review, Sir Brian Stewart was appointed to the Board as Chairman designate. He was elected as 
Chairman at the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 5 August 2010. As set out in the Group’s 2010 Annual Report, when the 
Group’s former Chairman, Tony O’Brien, indicated his desire to retire, the Committee commenced a search for a new Chairman 
and a sub-committee was formed to lead this process. An external recruitment consultant was engaged to identify and approach 
suitable candidates. A shortlist of external candidates was met by the sub-committee and assessed on agreed criteria. After 
these deliberations, the sub-committee recommended the appointment of Sir Brian Stewart as chairman designate, due to his 
extensive knowledge of the European drinks industry; and his experience in leading and chairing FTSE 100 companies. 

The Nomination Committee unanimously endorsed this recommendation to the Board. The Nomination Committee and the Board 
considered his former chairmanship of Scottish & Newcastle plc, the former employer of the three executive Directors, but did 
not believe that this compromised his independence and fully supported his nomination. 

The Nomination Committee recognises the need for ongoing Board refreshment and renewal. The Committee is currently 
reviewing the composition of the Board.

remuneration committee
The Remuneration Committee comprises solely of independent, non-executive Directors. It meets at least twice a year and has 
met three times in the period under review. Attendance at meetings held is set out in the table on page 45.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

•  making recommendations to the Board on the Group’s policy for executive remuneration;

•  determining the remuneration of the executive Directors and senior management;

•  monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for senior management and trends across the Group;

•  reviewing the design of all share incentive plans;

•  approving any grant of options or awards under the Executive Share Option Scheme, the Long Term Incentive Plan, the Joint 

Share Ownership Plan and other share plans;

•  overseeing the preparation of the Report of the Remuneration Committee on Directors’ Remuneration.

The Committee receives advice from leading independent consultancy firms on compensation and benefits when necessary. 
Such consultants have no other connection with the Group. The Chairman and Chief Executive are fully consulted about all 
remuneration proposals other than in respect of each of themselves.

In the period under review, the Committee determined the remuneration package for a senior appointee and approved the 
redundancy terms of two members of senior management. It reviewed the remuneration of management across the Group and 
approved the award of share options and other share awards to executive Directors and management. In addition it reviewed the 
operation of share-based rewards and the harmonisation of benefits across the Group. 

4 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

coMMUNicAtioNs WitH sHAreHoLDers
The Group attaches considerable importance to shareholder communications and has an established investor relations 
programme.

There is regular dialogue with institutional investors with presentations given to investors at the time of the release of Group first 
half and full year financial results and when other significant announcements are made. Interim Management Statements were 
issued in May 2010 and January 2011. The Group also hosted a seminar and site visit for analysts and institutional investors in 
Glasgow in November 2010. The Board is briefed regularly on the views and concerns of institutional shareholders.

The Group’s website, www.candcgroupplc.com, provides the full text of the Annual Report and financial statements, the interim 
report and other releases. News releases are also made available immediately after release to the Stock Exchange. Presentations 
given to investors and at conferences are also available on the website. 

General Meetings
The Company operates under the Irish Companies Acts 1963 to 2009. These Acts provide for two types of shareholder meetings: 
the annual general meeting (‘AGM’) with all other meetings being called extraordinary general meetings (‘EGM’).

The Company must hold a general meeting in each year as its AGM in addition to any other general meetings held in that year. 
Not more than 15 months may elapse between the date of one AGM and the next. An AGM was held on 5 August 2010, and 
this year’s AGM will be held on 29 June 2011. The Directors may at any time call an EGM. EGMs may also be convened on the 
requisition of members holding not less than five per cent of the voting share capital of the Company. An EGM was held on 
17 June 2010 to seek shareholder approval for the disposal of the Spirits & Liqueurs business as required under Irish Stock 
Exchange regulations. 

The notice period for an AGM and an EGM to consider any special resolution (a resolution which requires a 75% majority vote, 
not a simple majority) is 21 days. The Company may call any other general meeting on 14 days’ notice subject to obtaining 
shareholder authority to do so. The Directors consider that it is in the interests of the Company to retain this flexibility, and intend 
to seek annually such authority. As a matter of policy, the 14 day notice period will only be utilised where the Directors believe 
that it is merited by the business of the meeting and the circumstances surrounding the business.

In accordance with Combined Code recommendations, the annual report (if required) and the notice of annual general meeting 
are sent to shareholders at least 20 working days before the AGM.

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to 
business. Three members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum.

Only those shareholders registered on the Company’s register of members at the prescribed record date, being a date not more 
than 48 hours before the general meeting to which it relates, are entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting.

The Acts require that resolutions of the general meeting be passed by the majority of votes cast (ordinary resolution) unless the 
Acts or the Company’s Articles of Association provide for 75% majority of votes cast (special resolution). The Company’s Articles 
of Association provide that the Chairman has a casting vote in the event of a tie. 

Any shareholder who is entitled to attend, speak and vote at a general meeting is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend, speak and 
vote on his behalf. A proxy need not be a member of the Company.

At meetings, unless a poll is demanded, all resolutions are determined on a show of hands, with every shareholder who is 
present in person or by proxy having one vote. On a poll every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy shall have one 
vote for each share of which he/she is the holder. A shareholder need not cast all votes in the same way. At the meeting, after 
each resolution has been dealt with, details are given of the level of proxy votes lodged for and against that resolution and also 
the level of votes withheld on that resolution. 

The Company’s AGM gives shareholders the opportunity to question the Directors. The Company must answer any question a 
member asks relating to the business being dealt with at the meeting unless: answering the question would interfere unduly with 
the preparation for the general meeting or the confidentiality and business interests of the Company; the answer has already 
been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or it appears to the Chairman of the meeting that it is undesirable 
in the interests of good order of the meeting that the question be answered.

The business of the Company is managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company unless they are 
required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting. Matters reserved to shareholders in general meeting include 
the election of directors; the payment of dividends; the appointment of the external auditor; amendments to the articles of 
association; measures to increase or reduce the share capital; and the authority to issue shares. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

4 3

Directors’ stAteMeNt oF corporAte GoVerNANce - coNtiNUeD

MeMorANDUM AND ArticLes oF AssociAtioN
The Company’s Memorandum of Association sets out the objects and powers of the Company. The Articles of Association detail 
the rights attaching to each share class; the method by which the Company’s shares can be purchased or reissued; the provisions 
which apply to the holding of and voting at general meetings; and the rules relating to the Directors, including their appointment, 
retirement, re-election, duties and powers. Further details in relation to the purchase of the Company’s own shares are included 
in the Directors’ Report.

In 2010, shareholders approved a resolution to update the Articles of Association and make them consistent with the Shareholder 
Rights (Directive 2007/36/EC) Regulations 2009.

corporAte respoNsiBiLitY
As part of its overall remit of ensuring that effective risk management policies and systems are in place, the Board examines the 
significance of environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters to the Group’s business and it has ensured that the Group 
has in place effective systems for managing and mitigating ESG risks. It also examines the impact that such risks may have on 
the Group’s short and long-term value, as well as the opportunities that ESG issues present to enhance value. The Board receives 
the necessary information to make this assessment in regular reports from the executive management.

Corporate responsibility is embedded throughout the Group. Group policies and activities are summarised on pages 26 to 31, and 
are available on the Group’s website www.candcgroupplc.com.

iNterNAL coNtroL
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s system of internal control, for reviewing its effectiveness and for confirming 
that there is a process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks affecting the achievement of the Group’s 
strategic objectives. The process which has been in place for the entire period accords with the Turnbull Guidance (revised 
guidance published in October 2005) and involves the Board considering the following:

• the nature and extent of the key risks facing the Group;

• the likelihood of these risks occurring;

• the impact on the Group should these risks occur;

• the actions being taken to manage these risks to the desired level.

The key elements of the internal control system in operation are as follows:

• clearly defined organisation structures and lines of authority;

•  corporate policies for financial reporting, treasury and financial risk management, information technology and security, project 

appraisal and corporate governance;

•  annual budgets for all operating units, identifying key risks and opportunities;

•  monitoring of performance against budgets on a weekly basis and reporting thereon to the Directors on a periodic basis;

•  an internal audit function which reviews key business processes and controls; and

•  an audit committee which approves plans and deals with significant control issues raised by internal or external audit.

This system of internal control can only provide reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

The terms of reference of the Audit Committee require it to conduct an annual assessment of internal control. The risks facing 
the Group are reviewed regularly by the Audit Committee with the executive management. Specific annual reviews of the risks 
and fundamental controls of each business unit are undertaken an ongoing basis, the results and recommendations of which are 
reported to and analysed by the Audit Committee with a programme for action agreed by the business units.

Accordingly through the process outlined above, the Board confirms that it has conducted a review of the internal control systems 
in operation. 

During the period under review the internal audit function was brought inhouse with the appointment of a new internal auditor 
and supporting staff.

During the period under review the Board also appointed a General Counsel to the Group, who reports to the Board and attends 
Board meetings and to whom all Directors have access. The General Counsel has responsibility for the Group’s legal affairs, 
compliance and governance. 

GoiNG coNcerN
The principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group are set out in this report on page 35. The financial position of the Group, its 
cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are set out are set out in the Finance Review on pages 21 to 25. A description 
of the business of the Group is set out in the Chief Executive’s Review and the Operations Review on pages 6 to 20. 

The Group has significant revenues, a large number of customers and suppliers across different geographies, and considerable 
financial resources. For these reasons, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company, and the Group as a whole, 
have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Consequently they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

4 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

AtteNDANce At MeetiNGs
Attendance at scheduled board meetings and board committee meetings during the period was as follows:

scheduled 
Board 
Meetings 

Audit 
committee 
Meetings 

Nomination 
committee 
Meetings 

remuneration
committee
Meetings

Sir Brian Stewart* 

John Burgess 

John Dunsmore 

Liam FitzGerald 

Stephen Glancey 

John Hogan 

Richard Holroyd 

Philip Lynch 

Kenny Neison 

Breege O’Donoghue 

Tony O’Brien** 

A 

7 

7 

6 

7 

6 

7 

7 

7 

6 

7 

3 

B 

A 

B 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

6 

7 

3 

A 

2 

3 

3 

3 

B

1

2

3

3

A 

1 

2 

2 

2 

1 

B 

1 

2 

2 

2 

1 

The ‘A’ columns represent the number of meetings held which each individual Director was entitled to attend, while the ‘B’ 
columns represent the number of meetings attended by each Director.

In addition, Directors attended a further five ad hoc Board meetings.

*   Sir Brian Stewart was appointed to the Board and as a member of the Remuneration Committee in March 2010. He was elected as Chairman on 5 August 2010. He stepped 

down from the Remuneration Committee on his appointment as Chairman.

** Tony O’Brien retired from the Board and as Chairman on 5 August, 2010.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

4 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
report oF tHe reMUNerAtioN coMMittee oN Directors’ reMUNerAtioN

iNtroDUctioN
The following pages set out the Board’s remuneration policy as it applies to the executive Directors. In the interests of good 
governance, (whilst this is not a legal requirement) the Directors are proposing at the 2011 Annual General Meeting an advisory 
non-binding vote to receive and consider this report of the Remuneration Committee on Directors’ Remuneration. 

coMpositioN AND terMs oF reFereNce oF coMMittee
The Remuneration Committee of the Board, whose membership is set out on page 32, consists solely of non-executive Directors.

Philip Lynch is Chairman of the Committee. The Chairman and Chief Executive are fully consulted on remuneration proposals but 
neither is present when his own remuneration is discussed. The Remuneration Committee obtains external advice from benefit 
consultants and other independent firms on compensation when necessary. The consultants have no other connection with the 
Group. During the year ended 28 February 2011 the Committee obtained advice from Aon Hewitt. 

The Committee’s terms of reference include making recommendations to the Board in respect of Group policy on executive and 
senior management remuneration; and the consideration and determination of the remuneration of the executive Directors and 
senior management. It also oversees all employee share schemes.

reMUNerAtioN poLicY
The main aim of the Group’s remuneration policy is to reward the Group’s executive Directors and senior management 
competitively, having regard to the need to ensure that they are properly remunerated and motivated to perform in the best 
interests of shareholders. Performance-related rewards, based on measured and stretching targets, are therefore an important 
component of remuneration packages.

The main elements of the remuneration package for senior management are basic salary and benefits (including contributions to, 
or in lieu of, pension, company car and health benefits), performance-related annual bonus and longer term share incentives.

In order to secure the services of John Dunsmore, Stephen Glancey and Kenny Neison in November 2008, a remuneration 
package was agreed, which, in addition to the above, included a high level of share-based incentives. These were granted under 
the C&C Joint Share Ownership Plan. Further details of this scheme are given below. 

During the forthcoming year the Committee, in consultation with its external remuneration advisors, will be reviewing aspects 
of the remuneration policy, including the operation of the Group’s employee share schemes, in the light of current best practice 
and guidance and experience gained from previous awards. As part of this review, the Committee intends to recommence awards 
under the Long Term Incentive Plan and the Approved Profit Sharing Scheme within existing limits and also to introduce a 
deferred bonus share scheme, which will not be open to executive Directors. 

eXecUtiVe Directors’ reMUNerAtioN
A summary of the remuneration policy for the executive Directors is as follows: 

Fixed remuneration

performance-linked remuneration

Base salary – with fixed 3% annual 
increases, waived by the executive 
Directors for the past two years.

Benefits – a 7.5% cash allowance for car 
and health benefits.

pension – allowance of 25% of basic 
salary as cash or pension contribution.

Annual incentives

Long term incentives

cash bonus – up to a maximum of 
80% of basic salary, subject to the 
achievement of a Group operating 
profit target. No bonus payments were 
awarded FY11.

Annual share option grants - 150% of 
basic salary with a pre-vesting earnings 
per share performance target; no 
retesting permitted.

Joint share ownership plan – 
awards, subject to the achievement 
of performance conditions, granted in 
December 2008 to facilitate recruitment. 
Plan approved by shareholders at an 
EGM in December 2008. 

serVice coNtrActs
Each of the executive Directors is employed on a service contract. None of these service contracts has a notice period in excess of 
one year.

Details of the service contracts of the executive Directors are as follows:

John Dunsmore 
Stephen Glancey 
Kenny Neison 

contract date 

Notice period 

Unexpired
term of contract 

 9 November 2008  12 months 
 9 November 2008  12 months 
 9 November 2008  12 months 

n/a
n/a
n/a

The service contracts do not contain any pre-determined compensation payments in the event of termination of office or employment. 

4 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic salary and Benefits
The salary levels of executive Directors and senior management are reviewed annually in January. No increases were granted in 
January 2011. 

The employment contracts of the executive Directors entitle each of them to a 3% increase in basic salary on the first and second 
anniversaries of their appointment. The executive Directors waived their entitlement to this increase in November 2009 and again 
in November 2010.

Benefits to senior managers include a company car or car allowance and health benefits. The executive Directors receive a cash 
allowance of 7.5% of basic salary in lieu of these benefits.

pensions
No current executive Director or member of senior management accrues any benefits under a defined benefit pension scheme. 
Payments in respect of pensions are calculated on basic salary only and no incentive or benefit elements are included.

John Dunsmore and Stephen Glancey receive a cash payment of 25% of basic salary, in order to provide their own pension benefits, 
and the Group makes a fixed sterling payment equivalent to 25% of basic salary into Kenny Neison’s personal pension plan.

performance related Annual Bonus
The Group operates a performance-related cash bonus scheme for executive Directors, senior management and other 
employees. The maximum annual bonus payable is 80% of basic salary for the executive Directors, 70% for senior management 
and lesser amounts for other employees. The performance metric for bonuses for the executive Directors is Group operating 
profit. The bonus is split into a basic bonus when a target threshold is achieved and a tiered bonus for performance above the 
threshold. For the year ended 28 February 2011 the target threshold for the executive Directors was not achieved and no bonuses 
were paid to them. The target thresholds for divisional management and staff were met in some cases and not in others. 

The Remuneration Committee has approved a bonus scheme for the year ending 29 February 2012. 

The bonus scheme and the payment of bonuses are subject to annual approval by the Remuneration Committee. The Committee 
reserves the right to vary, amend, replace or discontinue the bonus scheme at any time depending on business needs and/or 
financial viability or as appropriate by reference to any changes in corporate structure during the financial year. 

share options
The service contracts of the executive Directors entitle them to an annual grant of share options of 150% of basic salary under the 
Executive Share Option Scheme. 

Details of the interests of the Directors in share options granted under the Executive Share Option Scheme are set out on page 51 
and note 5 on pages 75 to 77.

c&c JoiNt sHAre oWNersHip pLAN
The C&C Joint Share Ownership Plan was approved by shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting (‘EGM’) on 18 
December 2008. The Remuneration Committee supervises the operation of the Plan. The main terms of the plan are as follows:

participants
Awards were granted to John Dunsmore, Stephen Glancey and Kenny Neison in December 2008. In total they acquired interests 
in 12.8 million ordinary shares, out of the 16.0 million shares allocated to the Plan. Interests in the remaining 3.2 million shares 
were granted in June and December 2009 to existing and new members of senior management. 

Nature of interests
Interests take the form of a restricted interest in ordinary shares in the Company (“Interest”). An Interest permits a participant to 
benefit from the increase (if any) in the value of a number of ordinary shares in the Company (“Shares”) over which the Interest 
is acquired. In order to acquire an Interest, a participant must enter into a joint share ownership agreement with the trustees 
of an employee benefit trust under which the participant and the trustee jointly acquire the Shares. Under the terms of the plan 
participants must contribute funding equal to 10% of the issue price on the acquisition of the Interest (the “Entry Price”) with the 
balancing amount (the “Hurdle Value”) being funded by the employee benefit trust. 

The Notice of the EGM specified that the Entry Price would remain at €0.115 per share and the Hurdle Value would remain at 
€1.035 per share (being 90% of the issue price of the Shares of €1.15, the Share’s closing price on 7 November 2008) for any 
Interest acquired within the period of six months from date of the adoption of the Plan on 18 December 2008, after which they 
would be reviewed by the Remuneration Committee. Therefore, for the Interests acquired in December 2008 and June 2009, the 
Entry Price was €0.115 per share and the Hurdle Value was €1.035 per share and for the Interests acquired in December 2009, 
the Entry Price was €0.247 per share and the Hurdle Value was €2.223, being 90% of the issue price of the Shares of €2.47 (the 
Share’s closing price on 18 November 2009, the closing share price prior to consideration of the awards by the Remuneration 
Committee). 

When an Interest vests, the trustees may, at the request of the participant and on payment of the balance of the further amount, 
transfer shares to the participant of equal value to the participant’s Interest or the Shares may be sold by the trustees, who will 
account to the participant for the difference between the sale proceeds (less expenses) and the Hurdle Value.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

4 7

report oF tHe reMUNerAtioN coMMittee oN Directors’ reMUNerAtioN - coNtiNUeD

rights attaching to interests
The voting rights attaching to the shares subject to the Interests will be exercised by the trustees of the employee benefit trust as 
they consider appropriate and in the best interests of the beneficiaries of the employee benefit trust, save that each participant 
may direct the votes on his vested Interests or if greater 10% of the Shares relevant to his Interest. 

Dividends on the Shares subject to the Interests accrue solely to the trustees of the employee benefit trust but have been waived by them. 

Vesting conditions
All of the Interests are subject to a time-vesting condition with one-third of the Interest in the Shares vesting on the first 
anniversary of acquisition, one-third on the second anniversary and the final one-third on the third anniversary. In addition, half 
of the Interests in the Shares are subject to a pre-vesting share price target. In order for these latter Interests to vest, for the 
Interests granted in December 2008 and June 2009 the Company’s share price must be greater than €2.50 for at least 20 days out 
of 40 consecutive dealing days during the five-year period commencing on the date of acquisition of the Interest. This share price 
performance condition was met during 2009. For the Interests granted in December 2009 to vest, the share price performance 
condition was set at €4.00 for at least 20 days out of 40 consecutive dealing days during the five-year period commencing on the 
date of acquisition of the Interest. At the date of this report this vesting condition had not been met. 

Accordingly as at 28 February 2011, two thirds of the Interests awarded to the executive Directors in December 2008 had vested 
and the remaining one third are due to vest in December 2011. Of the Interests awarded to senior management in June 2009 
one third has vested and the remaining two thirds are due to vest in June 2011 and June 2012. Of the Interests awarded to senior 
management in December 2009 (save where a participant had left the Group before the vesting date) one sixth has vested, one 
sixth will vest if the share-price vesting condition is met and the remaining two thirds are due to vest in December 2011 and 
December 2012 or, if later, upon the share-price vesting condition being met. 

In the event of a takeover of the Company the time vesting conditions for half of the Interests may be accelerated in accordance 
with certain conditions.

Loans and further amounts
When an award is granted to an executive, its value is assessed for tax purposes with the resulting value being deemed to fall 
due for payment on the date of grant. Under the terms of the plan, the executive must pay the Entry Price at the date of grant 
and, if the tax value of the award (i.e. the initial unrestricted market value) exceeds the Entry Price, the executive must pay a 
further amount, equating to the amount of such excess, before a sale of the awarded Interests. The deferral of the payment of the 
further amount is considered to be an interest-free loan by the Company to the executive repayable before sale of the Interests 
and a taxable benefit-in-kind arises, charged at the Revenue stipulated rates. When the further amount is paid, the Company 
compensates the executive for the obligation to pay this further amount by paying him an equivalent amount, which is, however, 
subject to income tax in the hands of the participant. 

eXecUtiVe sHAre optioN scHeMe
The C&C Executive Share Option Scheme was established in May 2004. It is policy to grant options under this scheme to key 
executives across the Group to encourage identification with shareholders’ interests. Options are granted solely at the discretion 
of the Remuneration Committee. Under the scheme rules, options cannot be granted to non-executive Directors. In respect of 
grants since admission, the maximum grant that can normally be made to any individual in any one year is an award of 150% of 
basic salary in that year. 

Options will not normally be exercisable until three years after the date of grant and are subject to meeting a specific 
performance target. This performance target requires the Group’s earnings per share (before exceptional items, and including 
any other adjustments authorised by the Remuneration Committee) to increase by 5% in excess of the change in the Irish 
Consumer Price Index over the three year period, on a compound basis from date of grant, in order for options to vest. The 
options lapse if the performance target is not met after the relevant three year period; there is no re-testing provision in the 
event of a change of control of the Company, however, in certain circumstances the performance target may be measured over a 
shorter time period, and if the target is met, the options may be exercised within a reduced time period. 

The fair value cost of the share options is amortised over the vesting period to the extent that the Directors believe that the 
options will vest. The fair value of each award is disclosed in note 5 to the Financial Statements (Share Based Payments) on 
pages 75 to 77.

LoNG terM iNceNtiVe pLAN
The C&C share-based Long Term Incentive Plan for executive Directors and senior management was established at the time of 
the Group’s admission to listing in May 2004.

Under the plan, awards of up to 100% of basic salary may be granted. Awards are in the form of nil-cost options over shares, 
based on the closing share price on the day before the grant date. 

4 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

The performance condition adopted by the Remuneration Committee for awards to date has been that, for awards to vest 
fully, C&C’s total shareholder return must be in the top quartile of a comparator group over a three-year period; no part of 
the award vests for below median performance; 30% of the award vests for median performance with straight-line pro-rating 
between the median and upper quartile. In addition to the total shareholder return condition, either earnings per share growth 
(before exceptional items and including any other adjustments authorised by the Remuneration Committee) must increase 
by 5% in excess of the change in the Irish Consumer Price Index on a compound basis over the same three-year period or the 
Remuneration Committee must otherwise be satisfied that the Group’s underlying financial performance over the performance 
period warrants that level of vesting. If neither of these latter conditions is met at the end of the relevant period, the award lapses.

The Directors in office at 28 February 2011 have no outstanding awards granted under the Long Term Incentive Plan. 

otHer scHeMes
Prior to flotation, the Group entered into an agreement with trade unions representing the majority of its then employees, which 
provided for an initial grant of free shares to eligible employees, the establishment of an approved Save As You Earn scheme and 
the establishment of an Approved Profit Sharing Scheme, all after the completion of an initial public offering. On admission, 9.4 
million ordinary shares with an aggregate value of €21.3 million were issued to fulfil the Group’s obligations under the free share 
arrangements.

A discretionary share scheme was put in place during the year ended 28 February 2007. The Board approved a share allocation 
of between 3% and 4% of basic salary remuneration to employees subject to a minimum allocation of €1,000 per employee. The 
Group purchased 189,061 shares and placed these shares in Irish/ UK Revenue approved employee trusts, where they are held for 
the benefit of each employee and where each employee has full voting rights and dividend entitlements. However employees face 
tax penalties should they dispose of the shares before the expiry of the vesting period.

The executive Directors are eligible to participate in the UK Revenue-approved share incentive plans that the Company operates 
on the same terms as all other eligible employees.

Details of other share-based schemes, in which Directors are not eligible to participate, are also given in note 5 to the Financial 
Statements (Share Based Payments) on pages 75 to 77.

DiLUtioN LiMits
Full details of the share awards and the maximum dilution are given in note 5 to the Financial Statements (Share Based 
Payments) on pages 75 to 77. All share plans with the exception of the Joint Share Ownership Plan, which was specifically 
approved by shareholders in December 2008, contain the share dilution limits recommended in institutional guidance.

NoN-eXecUtiVe Directors’ reMUNerAtioN
Non-executive Directors are appointed by way of letters of appointment, which are all effective for a period of three years (but now 
subject to annual re-election by the members in General Meeting). The appointment of each of the non-executive Directors can 
be terminated on one month’s notice.

The remuneration of the non-executive Directors is determined by the Board of Directors as a whole. The Chairman is not 
involved in determining his own remuneration.

The fees paid to non-executive Directors are set at a level which aims to attract individuals with the necessary experience and 
ability to make a significant contribution to the Group. 

Non-executive Directors receive no additional remuneration from the Company apart from a Director’s fee and fees directly 
relating to their membership of Board sub-committees. Non-executive Directors are not eligible to participate in the Group’s 
share option scheme. None of the remuneration of the  
non-executive Directors is performance related.  
Non-executive Directors’ fees are not pensionable  
and non-executive Directors are not eligible to join  
any Group pension plan.

200

160

5 YeAr totAL sHAreHoLDer retUrN
For information only, by reference to the rules 
applicable to UK companies listed on the London 
Stock Exchange, this graph shows the value as at 28 
February 2011 of a €100 investment in C&C Group plc 
shares on 28 February 2006 compared with the ISEQ 
General Index.

120

80

40

0

)

€

(
e
u
l
a
V

28 Feb 06

28 Feb 07

28 Feb 08

28 Feb 09

28 Feb 10

28 Feb 11

C&C Group

ISEQ General Index

This graph shows the value, at 28 February 2011, of €100 invested in C&C Group on 28 February 2006 
compared with the value of €100 invested in the ISEQ General Index. The other points plotted are the 
values at intervening financial year-ends.  Source: Datastream

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

4 9

 
report oF tHe reMUNerAtioN coMMittee oN Directors’ reMUNerAtioN - coNtiNUeD

Directors’ reMUNerAtioN AND iNterests iN sHAre cApitAL
Details of the overall Directors’ remuneration charged to the Group income statement are shown in note 29 to the Financial 
Statements on page 107. Individual Directors’ remuneration and pension benefits for the year ended 28 February 2011 are given 
on this page. The interests of the Directors and Secretary in the share capital of the Company and in share options are shown on 
this page and page 51. Loans to Directors are shown on page 51.

Directors’ reMUNerAtioN – 2011  

other 
Basic  remuneration 
fees (iv) 
€000 

salary/fees 
€000 

Further  
amount(iii) 
€000 

pension
Benefits  contribution 
in kind(iii)  (or equivalent) 
€000 

€000 

executive Directors 
John Dunsmore(i) 
Stephen Glancey 
Kenny Neison(ii) 
sub-total  

Non-executive Directors 
John Burgess  
Liam FitzGerald  
John Hogan  
Richard Holroyd 
Philip Lynch  
Tony O’Brien(v) 
Breege O’Donoghue 
Sir Brian Stewart(vi) 
sub-total 

Equity settled share based employee benefits 
total 
Average number of executive Directors 
Average number of non-executive Directors 

700 
500 
300 
1,500 

65 
65 
65 
65 
65 
78 
65 
178 
646 

53 
38 
22 
113 

- 
- 
25 
10 
20 
- 
- 
- 
55 

55 
55 
- 
110 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

2,146 

168 

110 

6 
6 
4 
16 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
31 
- 
- 
31 

47 

175 
125 
79 
379 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

379 

total 
2011 
€000 

989 
724 
405 
2,118 

65 
65 
90 
75 
85 
109 
65 
178 
732 

1,386 
4,236 
3 
7.5 

 total 
2010
€000

934
669
124
1,727

65
65
90
75
85
211
65
-
656

969
3,352
3
7

(i) 

 The Board has released John Dunsmore to serve on the Board of Fuller Smith & Turner Plc as a non-executive director and chairman of the Remuneration Committee. He 
receives and retains an annual fee of £45,000 in relation to this role.

(ii)  Kenny Neison’s income for the previous financial year relates to the period from the date of his appointment as executive Director on 10 November 2009 to 28 February 2010.
(iii) See below ‘Loans to Directors’. 
(iv)  Other fees paid to John Hogan, Richard Holroyd and Philip Lynch in 2011 and 2010 represent fees paid as Chairman of the Audit Committee, Senior Independent Director and  
  Chairman of the Remuneration Committee respectively.
(v)    Tony O’Brien’s income relates to the period from 1 March 2010 to 5 August 2010, when he retired from the Board. The benefit in kind in respect of Tony O’Brien relates to the 

provision of health benefits and the provision and transfer of ownership on  retirement from the Board of a company car.

(vi)  Sir Brian Stewart’s income relates to the period from the date of his appointment as a Director with effect from 9 March 2010 to 28 February 2011.

No sums were paid to third parties for any Director’s services.

Directors and their interests
The interests of the Directors and Secretary in office at 28 February 2011 in the share capital of Group companies at the beginning 
of the year (or date of appointment if later) and the end of the year were:

iNterests iN orDiNArY sHAres oF €0.01 eAcH iN c&c GroUp pLc(i)

Directors 
John Burgess  
John Dunsmore  
Liam FitzGerald  
Stephen Glancey 
John Hogan  
Richard Holroyd  
Philip Lynch  
Kenny Neison  
Breege O’Donoghue  
Sir Brian Stewart 
Total  
company secretary 
Sinead Gillen 

  28 February 2011 

1 March 2010 (or date of  
appointment if later)

  102,299 
 5,120,000(ii) 
35,000 
 5,120,000(ii) 
10,147 
22,349 
  807,913 
 2,561,530(ii) 
58,790 
60,000 
 13,898,028 

  100,698
 5,120,000(ii)
35,000
 5,120,000(ii)

9,989
22,000
  793,786
 2,561,530(ii)(iii)
57,870
-
 13,820,873

- 

-

Notes 
(i)   All the above holdings are beneficial interests except as stated in (ii) below.
(ii)    Each shareholding of the executive Directors includes Interests in shares acquired and held under the Company’s Joint Share Ownership Plan which at 28 February 2011 was 

3,413,334 shares in respect of each of John Dunsmore and Stephen Glancey and 2,560,000 shares in respect of Kenny Neison (2010: 5,120,000 shares in respect of each of John 
Dunsmore and Stephen Glancey; 2,560,000 shares in respect of Kenny Neison) (see C&C Joint Share Ownership Plan on pages 47 and 48 and note 5 on pages 75 to 77 for further 
details). The Company has been notified that the balance of the holding in which each of J. Dunsmore and S. Glancey is interested is beneficially owned by his respective wife.

(iii)  Kenny Neison’s shareholding includes a shareholding of 1,530 ordinary shares omitted in error in the 2010 Annual Report.

The Directors and Secretary have no beneficial interests in any of the Group’s subsidiary undertakings.
There was no movement in the Directors’ or the Secretary’s interests in C&C Group plc ordinary shares between 28 February 
2011 and 18 May 2011.

5 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
iNterests iN sHAre optioNs – eXecUtiVe sHAre optioN scHeMe
optioNs oVer orDiNArY sHAres oF €0.01 eAcH iN c&c GroUp pLc

Year ended 28 February

No of options 
executive Directors 
John Dunsmore  
Stephen Glancey 
Kenny Neison 
total 

company secretary 
Sinead Gillen 

2010 

2011 

total 

Weighted 
Average 
price

  Exercise Price 

€1.94 

€3.205 

541,300 
386,600 
232,000 
1,159,900 

869,000 
327,700 
620,700 
234,100 
372,500 
140,500 
702,300  1,862,200 

€2.42
€2.42
€2.42

  Exercise Price 

€3.32 
42,200 

- 

42,200 

€3.32

Subject to meeting the performance condition, options granted at €1.94 in May 2009 are exercisable in the period 13 May 2012 to 
12 May 2016. Subject to meeting the performance condition, options granted at €3.205 in May 2010 are exercisable in the period 
26 May 2013 to 25 May 2017 and options granted at €3.32 in July 2010 are exercisable in the period 20 July 2013 to 19 July 2017.

There was no movement in the interests of any of the Directors or the Secretary in options over C&C Group plc ordinary shares 
between 28 February 2011 and 18 May 2011.

LoANs to Directors
When an award is granted to an executive under the Joint Share Ownership Plan, its value is assessed for tax purposes with 
the resulting value being deemed to fall due for payment on the date of grant. Under the terms of the plan, the executive must 
pay the Entry Price at the date of grant and, if the tax value of the award (i.e. the initial unrestricted market value) exceeds the 
Entry Price, the executive must pay a further amount, equating to the amount of such excess, before a sale of the awarded 
interests. The deferral of the payment of the further amount is considered to be an interest-free loan by the Company to the 
executive repayable before sale of the Interests. The resulting loans by the Company to the executive Directors are required to 
be disclosed under the Companies Act 1990. The three executive Directors acquired Interests under the Joint Share Ownership 
Plan in December 2008. A valuation for tax purposes was commissioned during 2009, which indicates that the tax value of certain 
of these Interests is higher than the Entry Price, giving rise to a disclosable loan under the Companies Act 1990 and a taxable 
benefit in kind. 

The taxable benefits-in-kind, charged at the Revenue stipulated rates (Ireland 12.5%; UK 4.75% to 5 April 2010 and thereafter 
4%), in respect of the loans are disclosed under benefits in kind in Directors’ Remuneration.

The balances of the loans outstanding as at 28 February 2011 and 28 February 2010 are as follows:

John Dunsmore 
Stephen Glancey 
Kenny Neison 
total 

28 February 2011 

€’000 
111 
111 
83 
305 

28 February 2010
 (as restated)
€’000
166
166
83
415

The values of loans outstanding at 28 February 2010 have been restated following clarification from the HM Revenue & Customs 
that, where the tax value of certain Interests awarded to an executive exceeds the Entry Price but the tax value of other Interests 
awarded to him falls short of the Entry Price, the shortfall cannot be set off against the excess. As discussed on pages 47 to 48, 
50% of the Interests awarded to Directors are subject to time vesting conditions only, while the remaining 50% are subject to 
both time vesting and market based performance conditions. The differing conditions give rise to distinct tax values which, in the 
case of Interests subject to time vesting conditions only, is in excess of the Entry Price paid and, for Interests subject to both time 
vesting and market based performance conditions, is less than the Entry Price paid. The disclosable loan therefore comprises the 
whole of the excess amount without set off of the shortfall. 

When the further amount is paid, the Company compensates the executive for the obligation to pay this further amount. During 
the financial year ended 28 February 2011, John Dunsmore and Stephen Glancey each sold 1,706,666 vested Interests and paid 
a further amount of €55,467, for which the Company compensated them (subject to deduction of tax). The compensation is 
disclosed under Further Amount in Directors’ Remuneration.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

5 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
stAteMeNt oF Directors’ respoNsiBiLities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and Company financial statements, in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that 
law the Directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU and have elected to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with IFRSs 
as adopted by the EU and as applied in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009. 

The Group and Company financial statements are required by law and IFRSs as adopted by the EU to present fairly the financial 
position and performance of the Group and Company. The Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 provide in relation to such financial 
statements that references in the relevant part of that Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to 
their achieving a fair presentation. 

In preparing each of the Group and Company financial statements, the Directors are required to: 
• 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 

• 

• 

 state that the financial statements comply with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and, in the case of the Company, as applied in 
accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009; and

 prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the 
Company will continue in business. 

Under applicable law and the requirements of the Listing Rules issued by the Irish Stock Exchange, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Directors’ Report and reports relating to Directors’ remuneration and corporate governance that 
comply with that law and those Rules. In particular, in accordance with the Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) Regulations 
2007 (the “Transparency Regulations”), the Directors are required to include in their report a fair review of the business and a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper books of account that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Group and Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies 
Acts 1963 to 2009 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in Ireland governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. 

respoNsiBiLitY stAteMeNt, iN AccorDANce WitH tHe trANspAreNcY reGULAtioNs
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on pages 32 and 33 confirms that, to the best of his or her 
knowledge and belief:

• 

•  

•  

 the Group financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities and financial position of the Group at 28 February 2011 and its profit for the year then ended; 

 the Company financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in accordance 
with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the Company 
at 28 February 2011; and

 the Directors’ report contained in the Annual Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the 
business and the position of the Group and Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face.

on behalf of the Board

sir B stewart 
Chairman 

J Dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer

5 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

iNDepeNDeNt AUDitor’s report
to the members of C&C Group plc

We have audited the Group and Company financial statements (‘‘the financial statements’’) of C&C Group plc for the year ended 
28 February 2011 which comprise the Group Income Statement, the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Group and 
Company Balance Sheets, the Group and Company Cash Flow Statements, the Group and Company Statements of Changes in 
Equity, the Statement of Accounting Policies and the related notes. These financial statements have been prepared under the 
accounting policies set out therein. 

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Section 193 of the Companies Act 1990. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state 
to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed. 

respectiVe respoNsiBiLities oF Directors AND AUDitor
The Directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable 
law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU are set out in the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities on page 52.

Our responsibility is to audit the financial statements in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and 
International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). 

We report to you our opinion as to whether the financial statements give a true and fair view in accordance with IFRSs as adopted 
by the EU, and have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2009 and, in the case of the Group 
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. We also report to you our opinion as to: whether proper books of account 
have been kept by the Company; whether at the balance sheet date, there exists a financial situation requiring the convening of 
an extraordinary general meeting of the Company; and whether the information given in the Directors’ Report is consistent with 
the financial statements. In addition, we state whether we have obtained all the information and explanations necessary for the 
purposes of our audit, and whether the Company balance sheet is in agreement with the books of account. 

We also report to you if, in our opinion, any information specified by law or the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange regarding 
Directors’ remuneration and Directors’ transactions is not disclosed and, where practicable, include such information in our 
report.

We are required by law to report to you our opinion as to whether the description of the main features of the internal control and 
risk management systems in relation to the process for preparing the consolidated Group financial statements, set out in the 
annual Corporate Governance Statement, is consistent with the consolidated financial statements.

In addition, we review whether the Corporate Governance Statement reflects the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions 
of the 2008 FRC Combined Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange, and we report if it does 
not. We are not required to consider whether the board’s statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures. 

We read the other information contained in the Annual Report and consider whether it is consistent with the audited financial 
statements. The other information comprises only the Directors’ Report, the Chairman’s Statement and the Finance Review. We 
consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the 
financial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information. 

BAsis oF AUDit opiNioN 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices 
Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by the Directors in the preparation 
of the financial statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s and Company’s circumstances, 
consistently applied and adequately disclosed. 

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in 
order to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material 
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall 
adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

5 3

 
iNDepeNDeNt AUDitor’s report - coNtiNUeD
to the members of C&C Group plc

opiNioN 
In our opinion: 

• 

• 

• 

 the Group financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, of the state of the 
Group’s affairs as at 28 February 2011 and of its profit for the year then ended; 

 the Company financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009, of the state of the Company’s affairs as at 28 February 
2011; 

 the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 and Article 
4 of the IAS Regulation; and 

• 

the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009. 

otHer MAtters
We have obtained all the information and explanations which we consider necessary for the purposes of our audit. In our opinion 
proper books of account have been kept by the Company. The Company balance sheet is in agreement with the books of account.

In our opinion the information given in the directors’ report and the description in the annual Corporate Governance Statement of 
the main features of the internal control and risk management systems in relation to the process for preparing the consolidated 
Group financial statements, is consistent with the financial statements. 

The net assets of the Company, as stated in the Company balance sheet, are more than half of the amount of its called-up share 
capital and, in our opinion, on that basis there did not exist at 28 February 2011 a financial situation which under Section 40 (1) of 
the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1983, would require the convening of an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

Chartered Accountants  
Registered Auditor 
Dublin 

 18 May 2011

5 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GroUp iNcoMe stAteMeNt
For the year ended 28 February 2011

Year ended 28 February 2011 

Year ended 28 February 2010
(restated)

revenue  
Excise duties  

Net revenue 

Operating costs 

operating profit 

Finance income 
Finance expense 

profit before tax 

Income tax expense 

profit from continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 
Profit from discontinued operations 

2 

3 

2 

7 
7 

8 

9 

Before  exceptional 
items 
(note 6) 
€m 

exceptional 
items 
 €m 

Notes 

  exceptional 
items 
 €m 

Before  exceptional
items
(note 6) 
 €m 

total 
€m 

789.7 
(260.1) 

529.6 

- 
- 

- 

789.7 
(260.1) 

490.8 
(128.1) 

529.6 

362.7 

- 
- 

- 

total
€m

490.8
(128.1)

362.7

(429.1) 

(12.0) 

(441.1) 

(287.9) 

(3.5) 

(291.4)

100.5 

(12.0) 

88.5 

74.8 

(3.5) 

71.3

1.2 
(10.6) 

- 
- 

1.2 
(10.6) 

2.0 
(9.2) 

- 
- 

2.0
(9.2)

91.1 

(12.0) 

79.1 

67.6 

(3.5) 

64.1

(11.1) 

2.9 

(8.2) 

(7.3) 

0.9 

(6.4)

80.0 

(9.1) 

70.9 

60.3 

(2.6) 

57.7

4.0 

225.5 

229.5 

13.1 

profit for the year  attributable to equity shareholders 

84.0 

216.4 

300.4 

73.4 

Basic earnings per share (cent) 
Diluted earnings per share (cent) 

continuing operations 
Basic earnings per share (cent) 
Diluted earnings per share (cent) 

11 
11 

11 
11 

93.4c 
91.0c 

22.0c 
21.5c 

2.7 

0.1 

15.8

73.5

23.2c
22.7c

18.2c
17.8c

on behalf of the Board

sir B stewart 
Chairman 

J Dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

5 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GroUp stAteMeNt oF coMpreHeNsiVe iNcoMe
For the year ended 28 February 2011

other comprehensive income and expense: 
Exchange difference arising on the net investment in foreign operations  
and related net investment hedge 
Net movement in cash flow hedging reserve 
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 
Actuarial gains on retirement benefit obligations 
Deferred tax on actuarial gains on retirement benefit obligations 

Net income recognised directly within other comprehensive income 

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders 

comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity shareholders  

Notes 

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

7 
7 
22 
23 
22 

13.2 
4.4 
(0.5) 
0.2 
- 

17.3 

300.4 

317.7 

5.8
(4.1)
0.6
16.7
(2.1)

16.9

73.5

90.4

on behalf of the Board

sir B stewart 
Chairman 

J Dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer

5 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GroUp BALANce sHeet
As at 28 February 2011 

Assets   
Non-current assets 
Property, plant & equipment 
Goodwill & intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Trade & other receivables 

current assets 
Inventories 
Trade & other receivables 
Derivative financial assets 
Cash & cash equivalents 

totAL Assets 

eQUitY   
Equity share capital 
Share premium 
Other reserves 
Treasury shares 
Retained income 
total equity 

LiABiLities 
Non-current liabilities 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Provisions  
Deferred tax liabilities 

current liabilities 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Trade & other payables 
Provisions  
Current tax liabilities 

total liabilities 

totAL eQUitY & LiABiLities 

Notes 

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

13 
14 
22 
17 

16 
17 
24 

25 
25 
25 
25 
25 

20 
24 
23 
19 
22 

20 
24 
18 
19 

187.2 
466.3 
8.7 
20.0 
682.2 

40.7 
105.5 
0.4 
128.7 
275.3 

187.2
507.7
12.3
19.8
727.0

54.7
125.8
-
113.5
294.0

957.5 

1,021.0

3.4 
86.3 
52.9 
(17.4) 
518.5 
643.7 

3.3
77.1
33.1
(21.3)
237.2
329.4

99.8 
0.7 
15.3 
11.5 
5.9 
133.2 

35.2 
1.4 
139.1 
4.2 
0.7 
180.6 

461.7
2.2
21.2
4.2
4.6
493.9

16.7
4.6
164.0
8.4
4.0
197.7

313.8 

691.6

957.5 

1,021.0

on behalf of the Board

sir B stewart 
Chairman 

J Dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

5 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GroUp cAsH FLoW stAteMeNt
For the year ended 28 February 2011

cAsH FLoWs FroM operAtiNG ActiVities 
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Income tax expense 
Depreciation of property, plant & equipment 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Profit on disposal of subsidiary undertakings 
Profit on disposal of property, plant & equipment 
Exceptional profit from discontinued operations 
Charge for share-based employee benefits 
Pension contributions paid less amount charged to income statement  

Decrease in inventories 
Decrease/(increase) in trade & other receivables 
Increase in trade & other payables 
Decrease in provisions 

Interest received 
Interest and similar costs paid 
Settlement gain on derivative financial instruments  
Income taxes paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

cAsH FLoWs FroM iNVestiNG ActiVities 
Purchase of property, plant & equipment 
Sale of property, plant & equipment 
Acquisition of businesses 
Proceeds on disposal of subsidiary undertakings 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities   

cAsH FLoWs FroM FiNANciNG ActiVities 
Proceeds from exercise of share options 
Proceeds from issue of new shares/exercise of Interests under Joint Share Ownership Plan 
New bank loans drawn down 
Repayment of debt 
Issue costs paid 
Dividends paid 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities   

Net increase in cash & cash equivalents 
Cash & cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Translation adjustment 

cash & cash equivalents at end of year 

A reconciliation of cash & cash equivalents to net debt is presented in note 21 to the financial statements.

on behalf of the Board

sir B stewart 
Chairman 

J Dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer

5 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

300.4 
(1.2) 
10.6 
8.8 
21.2 
0.1 
(224.7) 
- 
(0.9) 
4.0 
(4.9) 
113.4 

8.8 
9.0 
15.4 
(3.2) 
143.4 

1.2 
(8.3) 
- 
(8.4) 

73.5
(2.0)
9.2
8.0
16.8
-
-
(0.1)
(2.7)
2.5
(6.7)
98.5

8.3
(11.3)
40.0
(13.0)
122.5

1.4
(8.4)
4.5
(4.7)

127.9 

115.3

(21.1) 
- 
(31.7) 
294.9 

(5.6)
0.2
(237.7)
2.1

242.1 

(241.0)

1.2 
3.6 
- 
(348.2) 
- 
(12.1) 

0.8
0.7
171.0
-
(1.4)
(14.7)

(355.5) 

156.4

14.5 
113.5 
0.7 

30.7
83.0
(0.2)

128.7 

113.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GroUp stAteMeNt oF cHANGes iN eQUitY
For the year ended 28 February 2011

equity 
share 
capital  premium 
€m 

capital 
share redemption 
reserve 
€m 

€m 

  cash flow 

share-
based  currency
Hedging  payments  translation  revaluation 
reserve 
reserve 
€m 
€m 

reserve 
€m 

reserve 
€m 

capital 
reserve 
€m 

treasury  retained
income 
€m 

shares 
€m 

total
€m

At 1 March 2009 
Profit for the year attributed
to equity shareholders 
Other comprehensive income 
Total 
Dividend on ordinary shares 
Exercised share options 
Reclassification of share-based
payments reserve 
Joint Share Ownership Plan 
Equity settled share-
based payments 

3.3 

65.4 

0.5 

24.9 

(2.2) 

- 
- 
3.3 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
65.4 
4.3 
0.8 

- 
6.6 

- 

- 
- 
0.5 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
24.9 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
(3.5) 
(5.7) 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

At 28 February 2010 

3.3 

77.1 

0.5 

24.9 

(5.7) 

Profit for the year attributed
to equity shareholders 
Other comprehensive income 

Total 
Dividend on ordinary shares 
Exercised share options 
Reclassification of share-based
payments reserve 
Joint Share Ownership Plan 
Equity settled share-
based payments 

- 
- 

3.3 
- 
0.1 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

77.1 
8.1 
1.1 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

0.5 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

24.9 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
3.9 

(1.8) 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

2.4 

- 
- 
2.4 
- 
- 

(0.8) 
0.7 

2.5 

4.8 

- 
- 

4.8 
- 
- 

(0.9) 
(0.4) 

4.0 

(3.1) 

5.9 

(14.7) 

167.3 

249.7

- 
5.8 
 2.7 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
5.9 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
(14.7) 
- 
- 

- 
(6.6) 

- 

73.5 
14.6 
255.4 
(19.0) 
- 

73.5
16.9
340.1
(14.7)
0.8

0.8 
- 

- 

-
0.7

2.5

2.7 

5.9 

(21.3) 

237.2 

329.4

- 
13.2 

15.9 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

5.9 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

300.4 
0.2 

300.4
17.3

(21.3) 
- 
- 

 537.8 
(20.2) 
- 

647.1
(12.1)
1.2

- 
3.9 

- 

0.9 
- 

- 

-
3.5

4.0

At 28 February 2011 

3.4 

86.3 

0.5 

24.9 

(1.8) 

7.5 

15.9 

5.9 

(17.4)  518.5 

643.7

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

5 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes 

2011 
€m 

2010
€m 
(restated)

15 
17 
22 

25 
25 
25 
25 

20 
24 

20 
24 
18 

966.2 
24.9 
0.6 

962.2
377.2
8.5

991.7 

1,347.9

3.4 
788.2 
4.4 
58.3 
854.3 

3.3
779.0
(1.3)
83.2
864.2

99.8 
0.7 
100.5 

461.7
2.2
463.9

35.2 
1.3 
0.4 

36.9 

16.7
2.7
0.4

19.8

137.4 

483.7

991.7 

1,347.9

coMpANY BALANce sHeet
As at 28 February 2011

Assets   
Non-current assets 
Financial assets 
Trade & other receivables 
Deferred tax asset 

totAL Assets 

eQUitY   
Equity share capital 
Share premium 
Other reserves 
Retained income 
total equity 

LiABiLities 
Non-current liabilities 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 

current liabilities 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Trade & other payables 

total liabilities 

totAL eQUitY AND LiABiLities 

on behalf of the Board

sir B stewart 
Chairman 

J Dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer

6 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
coMpANY cAsH FLoW stAteMeNt
For the year ended 28 February 2011 

cAsH FLoWs FroM operAtiNG ActiVities 
(Loss)/profit for the year  
Income tax expense 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Loss on retranslation of foreign currency bank borrowings 

Interest received 
Interest paid and similar costs 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities  

cAsH FLoWs FroM iNVestiNG ActiVities 
Funding of cash requirements of subsidiary undertakings 

Net cash outflow from investing activities 

cAsH FLoWs FroM FiNANciNG ActiVities 
Movement in loans with subsidiary undertakings 
Proceeds from exercise of share options 
Proceeds from issue of new shares under Joint Share Ownership Plan 
New bank loans drawn down 
Bank loans repaid 
Issue costs paid 
Dividends paid 

Net cash inflow from financing activities 

Net movement in cash & cash equivalents 

cash & cash equivalents at beginning and end of year 

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

(5.6) 
7.6 
(18.1) 
9.3 
2.8 
(4.0) 

- 
(8.1) 

8.2
-
(16.7)
9.1
-
0.6

16.7
(8.4)

(12.1) 

8.9

- 

- 

(171.0)

(171.0)

371.2 
1.2 
- 
- 
(348.2) 
- 
(12.1) 

(0.2)
0.8
6.6
171.0
-
(1.4)
(14.7)

12.1 

162.1

- 

- 

-

-

on behalf of the Board

sir B stewart 
Chairman 

J Dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

6 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
coMpANY stAteMeNt oF cHANGes iN eQUitY
For the year ended 28 February 2011

equity 
share 
capital 
€m 

share  redemption 
reserve 
 €m 

capital  cash flow 
Hedging 
reserve 
 €m 

premium 
€m 

share
based 
payment 
reserve 
 €m 

retained
income 
€m 

total
€m

company 
At 28 February 2009 

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders 
Other comprehensive income  
Total 
Dividend on ordinary shares 
Joint Share Ownership Plan 
Exercised share options 
Reclassification of share-based payments reserve 
Equity settled share-based payments 

At 28 February 2010 

Loss for the year attributable to equity shareholders 
Other comprehensive income 
Total  
Dividend on ordinary shares 
Exercised share options 
Reclassification of share-based payments reserve 
Equity settled share-based payments 

At 28 February 2011 

3.3 

767.3 

- 
- 
3.3 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
767.3 
4.3 
6.6 
0.8 
- 
- 

3.3 

779.0 

- 
- 
3.3 
- 
0.1 
- 
- 

- 
- 
779.0 
8.1 
1.1 
- 
- 

3.4 

788.2 

0.5 

- 
- 
0.5 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

0.5 

- 
- 
0.5 
- 
- 
- 
- 

0.5 

(5.6) 

0.9 

93.2 

859.6

- 
1.2 
(4.4) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
0.9 
- 
- 
- 
(0.8) 
2.5 

8.2 
- 
101.4 
(19.0) 
- 
- 
0.8 
- 

8.2
1.2
869.0
(14.7)
6.6
0.8
-
2.5

(4.4) 

2.6 

83.2 

864.2

- 
2.6 
(1.8) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
2.6 
- 
- 
(0.9) 
4.0 

(5.6) 
- 
77.6 
(20.2) 
- 
0.9 
- 

(5.6)
2.6
861.2
(12.1)
1.2
-
4.0

(1.8) 

5.7 

58.3 

854.3

on behalf of the Board

sir B stewart 
Chairman 

J Dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer

6 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
stAteMeNt oF AccoUNtiNG poLicies

siGNiFicANt AccoUNtiNG poLicies
C&C Group plc (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated and tax resident in Ireland. The Group’s financial statements for 
the year ended 28 February 2011 consolidate the individual financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (together 
referred to as “the Group”).

The Company and Group financial statements, together the “financial statements”, were authorised for issue by the Directors on 
18 May 2011.

The accounting policies applied in the preparation of the financial statements for the year ended 28 February 2011 are set out 
below. These have been applied consistently for all periods presented in these financial statements and by all Group entities.

stAteMeNt oF coMpLiANce
As required by European Union (EU) law, the Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU, which comprise standards and interpretations approved by the 
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The individual financial statements of the Company have been prepared in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, as applied in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 which permits a 
Company that publishes its Company and Group financial statements together to take advantage of the exemption in section 
148(8) of the Companies Act, 1963 from presenting its Company Income Statement which forms part of the approved Company 
financial statements. 

IFRSs as adopted by the EU applied by the Company and Group in the preparation of these financial statements are those that 
were effective for accounting periods ending on or before 28 February 2011. The Group has adopted the following new and 
amended IFRS and IFRIC Interpretations in respect of the financial year ended 28 February 2011, none of which impacted the 
financial statements or performance of the Group in the period.

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Revised IFRS 3 (2009): Business Combinations. Revised IFRS 3 did not have an impact on the Group in the current year as the 
Group did not have any acquisitions in the current year. Acquisitions completed in the previous financial year did not come 
under the scope of this revised standard. IFRS 3 (2009) requires inter alia, that transaction costs incurred by the acquirer in 
connection with a business combination be expensed immediately to the income statement and not subsumed in goodwill.

 Amended IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements; amended to reflect changes to the accounting for non-
controlling (previously minority) interest. The amendments deal primarily with the accounting for changes in ownership 
interests in subsidiaries after control is obtained, the accounting for the loss of control of subsidiaries, and the allocation 
of profit or loss to controlling and non-controlling interests in a subsidiary. Amended IAS 27 did not have any impact on the 
Group’s financial statements in the current financial year.

 IFRS 2 Amendment - Share-based Payment; Group Cash-settled Share-based Payment Transactions effective 1 January 
2010. This amendment had no impact on the Group’s financial statements. The amendment clarifies how an individual 
subsidiary should account for certain share-based payment arrangements in its own financial statements. 

 Amendments to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition & Measurement - Eligible Hedged items. The amendment 
clarifies how existing principles underlying hedge accounting should be applied.

 IAS 32 Amendment - Classification of Rights Issues. The amendment addresses the accounting for rights issues (defined to 
include rights, options or warrants) that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the issuer.

• 

Improvements to IFRSs (issued by ISAB in April 2009).

The Group has not applied the following EU endorsed standards and interpretations that have been issued but are not yet 
effective:

• 

• 

• 

 IFRIC 14 – relating to IAS 19; the limit on a defined benefit asset, minimum funding requirements and their interaction. 
These amendments remove unintended consequences arising from the treatment of prepayments where there is a minimum 
funding requirement. The amendments result in prepayments of minimum funding requirements being recognised as an 
asset rather than an expense.

 IAS 24 Revised: Related party disclosures. IAS 24 has been revised in response to concerns that the previous requirements 
and definitions of a related party were too complex and difficult to apply in practice.

 Annual improvements to IFRSs including updates to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures; IAS 1 Presentation of 
Financial statements; IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting and IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes applying to accounting 
periods commencing on or after 1 January 2011.

• 

IFRIC 19 – Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity instruments.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

6 3

stAteMeNt oF AccoUNtiNG poLicies - coNtiNUeD

BAsis oF prepArAtioN
The Group and the individual financial statements of the Company are prepared on the historical cost basis except for the 
measurement at fair value of share options at date of grant, derivative financial instruments, retirement benefit obligations and 
the revaluation of certain items of property, plant & equipment. The accounting policies have been applied consistently by Group 
entities and for all periods presented. To enhance the transparency and understanding of the underlying net revenue performance 
of the Group and to mirror reporting practice within the drinks industry, the Directors considered it appropriate to change the 
layout of the income statement to separately highlight the value of Revenue net of excise duties (Net revenue) and consequently 
amended the classification of excise duty costs. Excise duties represent a significant proportion of Revenue, are set by external 
regulators over which the Group has no control and are generally passed on to the consumer. On this basis the Directors consider 
that the disclosure of Net revenue provides a more meaningful analysis of underlying performance. In previous financial years, 
the Group classified excise duty costs within operating costs. This classification amendment has no impact on the profit for the 
financial year or the previous financial year or on the financial position (net assets) of the Group as reported (see note 1).

The financial statements are presented in euro millions to one decimal place.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRSs as adopted by the EU requires the use of certain critical 
accounting estimates. In addition, it requires management to exercise judgement in the process of applying the Group and 
Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a high degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and 
estimates are significant to the financial statements, which are documented in the relevant accounting policies and notes as 
indicated below, relate primarily to:

- the accounting for acquisitions (note 12)
- the determination of carrying value of land and buildings (note 13),
- the determination of depreciated replacement cost in respect of the Group’s plant & machinery (note 13),
- assessing goodwill and intangible assets for impairment (note 14),
- accounting for retirement benefit obligations (note 23),
- measurement of financial instruments (note 24), 
- valuation of share-based payments (note 5), and,
- provision for liabilities (note 19).

The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of 
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the 
period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if 
the revision affects both current and future periods.

BAsis oF coNsoLiDAtioN 
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and all subsidiaries. The financial year 
ends of all entities in the Group are coterminous.

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control over 
the operating and financial decisions is obtained and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of 
the Group. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of 
an entity so as to obtain economic benefits from its activities.

On 30 April 2004, the Group, previously headed by C&C Group International Holdings Limited, underwent a re-organisation by 
virtue of which C&C Group International Holdings Limited’s shareholders in their entirety exchanged their shares for shares in 
C&C Group plc, a newly formed company, which then became the ultimate parent company of the Group. Not withstanding the 
change in the legal parent of the Group, this transaction has been accounted for as a reverse acquisition and the consolidated 
financial statements are prepared on the basis of the new legal parent having been acquired by the existing Group. 

All inter-company balances and transactions, including recognised gains arising from inter-group transactions, have been 
eliminated in full. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same manner as recognised gains except to the extent that they provide 
evidence of impairment.

Company Financial Statements
Investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less provision for impairment. Dividend income is recognised when the right to 
receive payment is established.

reVeNUe recoGNitioN
Revenue comprises the fair value of goods supplied to external customers exclusive of inter-company sales and value added 
tax, after allowing for discounts, rebates, allowances for customer loyalty and other pricing related allowances and incentives. 
Provision is made for returns where appropriate. Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic 
benefits will flow to the Group, that it can be reliably measured, and that the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the 
goods have passed to the buyer. This is deemed to occur on delivery.

6 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

eXcise DUtY
Excise duty is levied at the point of production in the case of the Group’s manufactured products and at the point of importation 
in the case of imported products in the key jurisdictions in which the Group operates. As the Group’s manufacturing and 
warehousing facilities are Revenue approved and registered excise facilities, the excise duty liability generally crystallises on 
transfer of product from duty in suspense to duty paid status which normally coincides with the point of sale. 

Net reVeNUe
Net revenue is defined by the Group as Revenue less Excise duty. 

eXceptioNAL iteMs
The Group has adopted an accounting policy and income statement format that seeks to highlight significant items of income 
and expense within Group results for the year. The Directors believe that this presentation provides a more helpful analysis. Such 
items may include significant restructuring costs, profits or losses on disposal or termination of operations, litigation costs and 
settlements, profit or loss on disposal of investments, significant impairment of assets and unforeseen gains/losses arising on 
derivative financial instruments. The Directors use judgement in assessing the particular items which by virtue of their scale and 
nature are disclosed in the income statement and related notes as exceptional items.

FiNANce iNcoMe AND eXpeNses
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested, gains on hedging instruments that are recognised in the income 
statement and interest earned on customer advances. Interest income is recognised as it accrues in the income statement, using 
the effective interest method.

Finance expenses comprise interest expense on borrowings, amortisation of borrowing issue costs, changes in the fair value of 
financial assets or liabilities which are accounted for at fair value through the income statement, losses on hedging instruments 
that are recognised in the income statement, gains or losses relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps hedging 
variable rate borrowings, ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges, impairment losses recognised on 
financial assets and unwinding the discount on provisions. All borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement using the 
effective interest method.

reseArcH AND DeVeLopMeNt
Expenditure on research that is not related to specific product development is recognised in the income statement as incurred.

Expenditure on the development of new or substantially improved products or processes is capitalised if the product or process is 
technically feasible and commercially viable.

GoVerNMeNt GrANts
Grants are recognised at their fair value when there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attaching 
conditions have been complied with.

Capital grants received and receivable by the Group are credited to government grants and are amortised to the income 
statement on a straight line basis over the expected useful lives of the assets to which they relate.

Revenue grants are recognised as income over the periods necessary to match the grant on a systematic basis to the costs that it 
is intended to compensate.

DiscoNtiNUeD operAtioNs
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business that represents a separate major line of business or 
geographical area of operations and has been disposed of or is held for sale. When an operation is classified as a discontinued 
operation, the comparative income statement is restated as if the operation had been discontinued from the start of the earliest 
period presented.

seGMeNtAL reportiNG
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal organisational and management structure of the 
Group and the internal financial information provided to the Chief Operating Decision-Maker (considered to be the executive 
management team) who is responsible for the allocation of resources and the monitoring and assessment of performance of 
each of the operating segments. The Group has determined that it has seven reportable operating segments.

The analysis by segment includes both items directly attributable to a segment and those, including central overheads that are 
allocated on a reasonable basis to those segments in internal financial reporting packages.

ForeiGN cUrreNcY trANsLAtioN 
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary 
economic environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are 
presented in euro, which is the presentation currency of the Group and both the presentation and functional currency of the 
Company.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

6 5

stAteMeNt oF AccoUNtiNG poLicies - coNtiNUeD

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency of each entity at the foreign exchange rate ruling 
at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets carried at historic cost are not subsequently retranslated. Monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated into functional currencies at the foreign 
exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange movements arising on translation are recognised in the income statement 
with the exception of all monetary items designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation which are recognised in 
the consolidated financial statements, in other comprehensive income until the disposal of the net investment, at which time they 
are recognised in the income statement for the year.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are 
translated to euro at the foreign exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of foreign 
operations are translated to euro at the average exchange rate for the financial period where that represents a reasonable 
approximation of actual rates. Foreign exchange movements arising on translation of the net investment in a foreign operation, 
including those arising on long term intra group loans for which settlement is neither planned nor likely to happen in the 
foreseeable future and as a consequence are deemed quasi equity in nature, are recognised directly in other comprehensive 
income in the consolidated financial statements in the foreign currency translation reserve through the statement of 
comprehensive income. The portion of exchange gains or losses on foreign currency borrowings or derivatives used to provide a 
hedge against a net investment in a foreign operation that is designated as a hedge of those investments is recognised directly 
in other comprehensive income to the extent that they are determined to be effective. The ineffective portion is recognised 
immediately in the income statement for the year.

Any movements that have arisen since 1 March 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, are recognised in the currency translation 
reserve and are recycled through the income statement on disposal of the related business. Translation differences that arose 
before the date of transition to IFRS as adopted by the EU in respect of all non-euro denominated operations are not presented 
separately.

BUsiNess coMBiNAtioNs
The Group has adopted IFRS 3 (2009) Business Combinations in the current financial year. However, the acquisitions of the 
Tennent’s and Gaymer businesses in the previous financial year do not come under the scope of this revised standard and 
therefore they continue to be accounted for under the original IFRS 3 (2004) Business Combinations accounting standard.

The purchase method of accounting is employed in accounting for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of a 
business combination is measured as the aggregate of the fair value at the date of exchange of assets acquired and liabilities 
incurred or assumed in exchange for control. Directly attributable acquisition costs under IFRS 3 (2009) are expensed rather than 
included as part of the purchase price as permitted under IFRS 3 (2004). Where a business combination agreement provides for 
an adjustment to the cost of the combination contingent on future events, the amount of the estimated adjustment is included 
in the cost at the acquisition date to the extent that it can be reliably measured. Under IFRS 3 (2009) subsequent changes in the 
fair value will be recognised in the income statement. To the extent that settlement of all or any part of a business combination is 
deferred, the fair value of the deferred component is determined through discounting the amounts payable to their present value 
at the date of exchange. The discount component is unwound as an interest charge in the income statement over the life of the 
obligation. 

Under IFRS 3 (2004) the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination, such as the acquisitions by the 
Group in the prior financial year, are measured at their provisional fair values at the date of acquisition and adjustments to 
the provisional values are made within twelve months of the acquisition date and reflected as a restatement of the acquisition 
balance sheet if they are material; otherwise they are recorded in the year in which they occur. 

GooDWiLL 
The Group has adopted IFRS 3 (2009) Business Combinations in the current financial year. However, the valuation of goodwill 
arising on the prior year acquisition of the Tennent’s and Gaymer businesses does not come under the scope of this revised 
standard and therefore it has been valued using IFRS 3 (2004) Business Combinations.

Goodwill is the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities 
in a business combination and relates to the future economic benefits arising from assets, which are not capable of being 
individually identified and separately recognised.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to the date of transition to IFRS as adopted by the EU has been retained, with the previous 
Irish GAAP amount being its deemed cost, subject to being tested for impairment. Goodwill written off to reserves under Irish 
GAAP prior to 1998 has not been reinstated and will not be included in determining any subsequent profit or loss on disposal. 

Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the net fair 
value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less 
any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. 

6 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

As at the date of acquisition any goodwill acquired is allocated to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefit from the 
combination’s synergies. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which 
the goodwill relates. The cash generating units represent the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for 
internal management purposes and these units are not larger than the operating segments determined in accordance with IFRS 
8 Operating Segments. 

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill 
associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss 
on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured on the basis of the relative values of the 
operation disposed of and the proportion of the cash-generating unit retained. 

iNtANGiBLe Assets (otHer tHAN GooDWiLL) ArisiNG oN BUsiNess coMBiNAtioNs
An intangible asset, which is a non-monetary asset without a physical substance, is capitalised separately from goodwill as 
part of a business combination at cost (fair value at date of acquisition) to the extent that it is probable that the expected future 
economic benefits attributable to the asset will flow to the Group and that its fair value can be reliably measured. Acquired brands 
and other intangible assets are deemed to be identifiable and recognised when they are controlled through contractual or other 
legal rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, regardless of whether those rights are transferable or separable from 
the Group or from other rights and obligations.

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated 
impairment losses. The carrying value of intangible assets considered to have an indefinite useful economic life are reviewed for 
indicators of impairment at each reporting date and are subject to impairment testing when events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable.

The amortisation charge on intangible assets considered to have finite lives is calculated to write-off the book value of the asset 
over its useful life on a straight line basis on the assumption of zero residual value.

propertY, pLANt & eQUipMeNt 
Property (comprising land and buildings) is recognised at estimated fair value with the changes in the value of the property 
reflected in revaluation gains in other comprehensive income, except impairment losses, which are recognised in the income 
statement. The fair value is based on estimated market value at the valuation date, being the estimated amount for which a 
property could be exchanged in an arms length transaction. Such valuations are determined based on benchmarking against 
comparable transactions for similar properties in similar locations as those of the Group or on the use of valuation techniques 
including the use of market yields on comparable properties. 

Plant & machinery is carried at its revalued amount. In view of the specialised nature of the Group’s plant & machinery and the 
lack of comparable market-based evidence of similar plant sold as a ‘going concern’ i.e. as part of a continuing business, upon 
which to base a market approach of fair value, the Group uses a depreciated replacement cost approach to determine a fair value 
for such assets. 

Depreciated replacement cost is assessed, firstly, by the identification of the gross replacement cost for each class of plant & 
machinery. A depreciation factor derived from both the physical and functional obsolescence of each class of asset, taking into 
account estimated residual values at the end of the life of each class of asset, is then applied to the gross replacement cost 
to determine the net replacement cost. An economic obsolescence factor, which is derived based on current and anticipated 
capacity or utilisation of each class of plant & machinery as a function of total available production capacity, is applied to 
determine the depreciated replacement cost. The Group has adopted a policy of valuing its plant & machinery in this manner 
annually.

Motor vehicles & other equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. When parts of an item of property, plant 
& equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property, plant & 
equipment. Subsequent costs are included in an asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only 
when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group. 

Property, plant & equipment, other than freehold land which is not depreciated, were depreciated during the current and prior 
year on the following basis: 

Buildings  
Motor vehicles  
Other equipment incl returnable bottles, cases and kegs 
Plant & machinery  
Storage tanks 

2% straight line
15% straight line
5-25% straight line
15-30% reducing balance 
10% reducing balance

The residual value and useful lives of property, plant & equipment are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each balance sheet date. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

6 7

stAteMeNt oF AccoUNtiNG poLicies - coNtiNUeD

On disposal of property, plant & equipment the cost or valuation and related accumulated depreciation and impairments are 
removed from the balance sheet and the net amount, less any proceeds, is taken to the income statement and any amounts 
included within the revaluation reserve transferred to the retained income reserve.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s property, plant & equipment are reviewed at each balance sheet date to determine whether 
there is any indication of impairment. An impairment loss is recognised when the carrying amount of an asset or its cash 
generation unit exceeds its recoverable amount (being the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use). Impairment 
losses are debited directly to equity under the heading of revaluation surplus to the extent of any credit balance existing in the 
revaluation reserve account in respect of that asset with the remaining balance recognised in the income statement.

iNVeNtories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes all expenditure incurred in acquiring the 
inventories and bringing them to their present location and condition and is based on the first-in first-out principle.

In the case of finished goods and work in progress, cost includes direct production costs and the appropriate share of production 
overheads plus excise duties, where appropriate. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of 
business, less estimated costs of completion and estimated costs necessary to complete the sale.

Provision is made for slow-moving or obsolete stock where appropriate.

proVisioNs 
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past 
event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are measured at 
the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date and are discounted to 
present value at an appropriate rate if the effect of the time value of money is deemed material.

A contingent liability is not recognised but is disclosed where the existence of the obligation will only be confirmed by future 
events or where it is not probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation or where the amount of the 
obligation cannot be measured with reasonable reliability. Contingent assets are not recognised but are disclosed where an inflow 
of economic benefits is probable.

LeAses 
Where the Group has entered into lease arrangements on land and buildings the lease payments are allocated between land and 
buildings and each component is assessed separately to determine whether it is a finance or operating lease.

Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset, are 
recognised in property, plant & equipment at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, the 
present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as a 
finance lease obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and a reduction of the lease obligation so 
as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged to the income 
statement as part of finance costs. 

Financed leased assets are included in property, plant & equipment and are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful 
life of the asset or the lease term. 

Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the assets are classified as operating 
leases. Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease 
term. 

retireMeNt BeNeFit oBLiGAtioNs
The Group operates a number of defined contribution and defined benefit pension schemes. 

Obligations to the defined contribution pension schemes are recognised as an expense in the income statement as the related 
employee service is received. Under these schemes, the Group has no obligation, either legal or constructive, to pay further 
contributions in the event that the fund does not hold sufficient assets to meet its benefit commitments.

The liabilities and costs associated with the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes, all of which are funded and administered 
under trusts which are separate from the Group, are assessed on the basis of the projected unit credit method by professionally 
qualified actuaries and are arrived at using actuarial assumptions based on market expectations at the balance sheet date. The 
discount rates employed in determining the present value of the schemes’ liabilities are determined by reference to market yields 
at the balance sheet date on high-quality corporate bonds of a currency and term consistent with the currency and term of the 
associated post-employment benefit obligations. When the benefits of a defined benefit scheme are improved, the portion of the 
increased benefit relating to the past service of employees is recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight-
line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested. To the extent that the enhanced benefits vest immediately, 
the related expense is recognised immediately in the income statement. The net surplus or deficit arising on the Group’s defined 
benefit pension schemes is shown within either non-current assets or non-current liabilities on the face of the Group balance 
sheet. The deferred tax liabilities and assets arising on pension scheme surpluses and deficits are disclosed separately within 
deferred tax assets or liabilities, as appropriate. 

6 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
The expected increase in the present value of scheme liabilities arising from employee service in the current or prior periods is 
recognised in arriving at operating profit or loss together with the expected returns on the scheme assets and the increase during 
the period in the present value of the scheme liabilities arising from the passage of time. Differences between the expected and 
the actual return on plan assets, experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities, together with the effect of changes in the 
current or prior assumptions underlying the liabilities are recognised in other comprehensive income.

The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the Group balance sheet comprises the total for each plan of the present value 
of the defined benefit obligation (using a discount rate based on high-quality corporate bonds) less the fair value of plan assets 
(measured at bid value) out of which the obligations are to be settled directly.

Company
The Company has no direct employees and is not the sponsoring employer for any of the Group’s defined benefit pension 
schemes. There is no stated policy within the Group in relation to the obligations of Group companies to contribute to scheme 
deficits. Group companies make contributions to the schemes as requested by the sponsoring employers. 

sHAre-BAseD pAYMeNts
The Group operates an Executive Share Option Scheme (the ‘ESOS’), a share-based Long Term Incentive Plan (the ‘LTIP’) a Joint 
Share Ownership Plan (the “JSOP”), a Restricted Share Awards Plan and a Recruitment & Retention Plan, all of which are equity 
settled. 

Equity settled share-based payment transactions
Group share schemes allow certain employees to acquire shares in the Company. The fair value of share entitlements granted 
is recognised as an employee expense in the income statement with a corresponding increase in equity. Share options granted 
under the Executive Share Option Scheme and the Recruitment and Retention Plan are subject to non-market vesting conditions 
only. Share entitlements granted by the Company under the LTIP are subject to both market and non-market vesting conditions. 
A percentage of shares granted under the Joint Share Ownership Plan and the Restricted Share Awards Plan are subject to both 
market and non-market vesting conditions while the remainder are subject to non-market vesting conditions only, the details of 
which are set out in note 5. Market conditions are incorporated into the calculation of fair value at grant date. Non-market vesting 
conditions are not taken into account when estimating the fair value of entitlements as at the grant date. 

The expense for the share entitlements shown in the income statement is based on the fair value of the total number of 
entitlements expected to vest and is allocated to accounting periods on a straight line basis over the vesting period. The 
cumulative charge to the income statement at each reporting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and 
the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. It is reversed only where entitlements 
do not vest because all non-market performance conditions have not been met or where an employee in receipt of share 
entitlements leaves the Group before the end of the vesting period and those options forfeit in consequence. No reversal is 
recorded for failure to vest as a result of market conditions not being met. 

The proceeds received by the Company on the vesting of share entitlements are credited to share capital and share premium 
when the share entitlements are exercised. Amounts included in the share-based payments reserve are transferred to retained 
income when vested options are exercised, forfeited post vesting or lapse.

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the determination of diluted earnings per 
share.

The Group has no exposure in respect of cash-settled share-based payment transactions and share-based payment transactions 
with cash alternatives as defined by IFRS 2 Share-Based Payment.

iNcoMe tAX
Current tax
Current tax expense represents the expected tax amount to be paid in respect of taxable income for the current year. Current tax 
for the current and prior years, to the extent that it is unpaid, is recognised as a liability in the balance sheet.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided on the basis of the balance sheet liability method on all temporary differences at the balance sheet date. 
Temporary differences are defined as the difference between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in 
the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period 
in which the asset is recognised or the liability is settled based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for all temporary differences except where they arise from:-

• 

• 

 the initial recognition of goodwill or the initial recognition of an asset or a liability in a transaction that is not a business 
combination and affects neither the accounting profit or loss nor the taxable profit or loss at the time of the transaction, or,

 temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries where the timing of the reversal of the temporary 
difference is subject to the Group’s control and it is probable that a reversal will not be recognised in the foreseeable future.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

6 9

stAteMeNt oF AccoUNtiNG poLicies - coNtiNUeD

Deferred tax assets in respect of deductible temporary differences are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that 
taxable profits or taxable temporary differences will be available against which to offset these items. The carrying amounts of 
deferred tax assets are subject to review at each balance sheet date and are reduced to the extent that future taxable profits are 
considered to be insufficient to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised.

Deferred tax and current tax are recognised as a component of the tax expense in the income statement except to the extent that 
they relate to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income (for example, certain derivative financial instruments 
and actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit pension schemes), in which case the related tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income. 

FiNANciAL iNstrUMeNts 
Trade & other receivables 
Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value (which usually equals the original invoice value) and are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence 
that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. The amount of the 
provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows. Movements 
in provisions are recognised in the income statement. Bad debts are written-off against the provision on identification.

Advances to customers
Advances to customers, which can be categorised as either an advance of discount or a repayment/annuity loan, are initially 
recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost less an impairment allowance. A provision for impairment is 
established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original 
terms of the agreement with the customer.

Cash & cash equivalents 
Cash & cash equivalents in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short term deposits with an original 
maturity of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form part of the Group’s cash management 
are included as a component of cash & cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash flows. 

Trade & other payables
Trade & other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method, unless the maturity date is less than 6 months.

Interest-bearing loans & borrowings 
Interest-bearing loans & borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs and are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost with any difference between the amount originally recognised and redemption value being 
recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest rate basis. Where the early 
refinancing of a loan results in a significant change in the present value of the expected cash flows, the original loan is de-
recognised and the replacement loan is recognised at fair value.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments (principally interest rate swaps, forward foreign exchange contracts) to hedge its 
exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange risks arising from operational and financing activities. The Group does not enter 
into speculative transactions.

Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value at each reporting date. The fair value of interest rate swaps is the 
estimated amount that the Group would receive or pay to terminate the swap at the balance sheet date, taking into account 
current interest and currency exchange rates where relevant and the current creditworthiness of the swap counterparties. The 
fair value of forward exchange contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with similar 
maturity and credit profiles and equates to the market price at the balance sheet date. 

Gains or losses on re-measurement to fair value are recognised immediately in the income statement except where derivatives 
are designated and qualify for cashflow hedge accounting in which case recognition of any resultant gain or loss is recognised 
through other comprehensive income.

Derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group are for the purposes of hedge accounting classified as cash flow 
hedges which hedge exposure to fluctuations in future cash flows derived from a particular risk associated with a recognised 
asset, liability, a firm commitment or a highly probable forecast transaction.

The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as 
well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Group also documents its 
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions 
are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

7 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a recognised liability, a 
firm commitment or a highly probable forecasted transaction, the effective part of any gain or loss on the derivative financial 
instrument is recognised as a separate component of other comprehensive income with the ineffective portion being reported in 
the income statement. The associated gains or losses that had previously been recognised in other comprehensive income are 
transferred to the income statement contemporaneously with the materialisation of the hedged transaction, except when a firm 
commitment or forecast transaction results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, in which case 
the cumulative gain or loss is removed from other comprehensive income and included in the initial measurement of the asset or 
liability. 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies 
for hedge accounting. For situations where the hedging instrument no longer qualifies for hedge accounting, if the hedged 
transaction is still probable, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised as a separate component of other 
comprehensive income is kept in other comprehensive income until the forecast transaction occurs with future changes in fair 
value recognised in the income statement. If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss 
recognised in other comprehensive income is transferred to the income statement in the period. 

Net investment hedging
Any gain or loss on the effective portion of a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation using a foreign currency 
denominated monetary liability is recognised in other comprehensive income while the gain or loss on the ineffective portion 
is recognised immediately in the income statement. Cumulative gains and losses remain in other comprehensive income until 
disposal of the net investment in the foreign operation at which point the related differences are transferred to the income 
statement as part of the overall gain or loss on disposal.

sHAre cApitAL
Ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of new shares are 
shown in equity as a deduction from the gross proceeds.

Treasury shares
Where the Company issues equity share capital under its Joint Share Ownership Plan, which is held in trust by the Group’s 
Employee Benefit Trust, these shares are classified as treasury shares on consolidation until such time as the Interests vest and 
the participants acquire the shares from the Trust or the Interests lapse and the shares are cancelled or disposed of by the Trust.

Own shares acquired under share buyback programme
The cost of ordinary shares purchased by the Company on the open market is recorded as a deduction from equity on the face 
of the Group and Company balance sheet when these shares are cancelled. An amount equal to the nominal value of shares 
cancelled is included within the capital redemption reserve fund and the excess of cost over nominal value is deducted from 
retained earnings.

Dividends 
Final dividends on ordinary shares are recognised as a liability in the financial statements only after they have been approved at 
an annual general meeting of the Company. Interim dividends on ordinary shares are recognised when they are paid.

coMpANY FiNANciAL Assets
The change in legal parent of the Group on 30 April 2004, as disclosed in detail in that year’s annual report, was accounted for 
as a reverse acquisition. This transaction gave rise to a financial asset in the Company’s accounts, which relates to the fair value 
at that date of its investment in subsidiaries. Financial assets are reviewed for impairment if there are any indications that the 
carrying value may not be recoverable. 

Share options granted to employees of subsidiary companies are accounted for as an increase in the carrying value of the 
investment in subsidiaries and the share-based payment reserve.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

7 1

Notes
Forming part of the financial statements

1.   prior YeAr recLAssiFicAtioN 

 To enhance the transparency and understanding of the underlying net revenue performance of the Group and to mirror 
reporting practice within the drinks industry, the Directors considered it appropriate to highlight separately the value 
of Revenue net of excise duties (Net revenue) and consequently amended the classification of excise duty in the income 
statement. Excise duties represent a significant proportion of Revenue, are set by external regulators over which the Group 
has no control and are generally passed on to the consumer. On this basis, the Directors consider that the disclosure of Net 
revenue provides a more meaningful analysis of underlying performance. In the previous financial years, the Group classified 
excise duty costs within operating costs. 

 This classification amendment has no impact on the profit for the financial year or the previous financial year or on the 
financial position (net assets) of the Group as reported. The impact of the classification change on operating costs for 
continuing operations in both years is shown below:

2011 

2010

Previous classification 
Impact of change 

Current classification 

2.   seGMeNtAL reportiNG

operating 
costs 
€m 

operating 
profit 
€m 

operating 
costs 
€m 

operating
profit
€m

701.2 
(260.1) 

88.5 
- 

419.5 
(128.1) 

441.1 

88.5 

291.4 

71.3
-

71.3

 The Group’s business activity is the manufacturing, marketing and distribution of Alcoholic Drinks and seven operating 
segments have been identified; Cider Republic of Ireland (‘ROI’), Cider Great Britain (‘GB’), Cider Northern Ireland (‘NI’), 
Cider Export (previously Cider Rest of World (‘ROW’)), Tennent’s Great Britain (‘GB’), Tennent’s Ireland and Third Party Brands 
(previously Distribution). The basis of segmentation differs from that presented in the prior year in that Cider Northern Ireland 
and Tennent’s Ireland are now considered separate reportable segments. This basis corresponds with the Group’s organisation 
structure, the current year nature of reporting lines to the Chief Operating Decision-Maker (as defined in IFRS 8 Operating 
Segments) and the Group’s current year internal reporting for the purposes of managing the business, assessing performance 
and allocating resources. All comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the new basis of segmentation.

 The Chief Operating Decision-Maker, identified as the executive committee comprising John Dunsmore, Stephen Glancey 
and Kenny Neison, assesses and monitors the operating results of segments separately via internal management reports in 
order to effectively manage the business. Segment performance is predominantly evaluated based on Revenue, Net revenue 
and Operating profit before exceptional items and therefore these are the most relevant indicators in evaluating the result of 
the Group’s operating segments. Given that net finance costs and income tax are managed on a centralised basis, these items 
are not allocated between operating segments for the purposes of the information presented to the Chief Operating Decision-
Maker and are accordingly omitted from the detailed segmental analysis below. 

The identified business segments are as follows:-

(i) Cider ROI
This segment includes the results from sale of the Group’s cider products in the Republic of Ireland, principally Bulmers.

(ii) Cider GB
 This segment includes the results from sale of the Group’s cider products in Great Britain, with Magners, Blackthorn and 
Gaymers the principal brands.

(iii) Cider NI
 This segment includes the results from sale of the Group’s cider products in Northern Ireland, with Magners the principal brand.

(iv) Cider Export (previously Cider – ROW)
 This segment includes the results from sale of the Group’s cider products, principally Magners, in all territories outside of the 
Republic of Ireland, Northern Ireland and Great Britain.

(v) Tennent’s GB
 This segment includes the results from sale of the Group’s ‘owned’ beer brand - Tennent’s in Great Britain. This operating 
segment, together with Tennent’s Ireland below, were reported as Tennent’s Beer in the financial statements for the year ended 
28 February 2010.

(vi) Tennent’s Ireland
 This segment includes the results from sale of the Group’s ‘owned’ beer brand - Tennent’s in the Republic of Ireland and 
Northern Ireland. 

(vii) Third Party Brands (previously Distribution)
 This segment relates to wholesaling to the licensed trade in Northern Ireland and the distribution of agency products, including 
AB InBev brands in the Republic of Ireland, Northern Ireland and Scotland. 

 Information regarding the results of each reportable segment is disclosed below for the Group’s continuing business while the 
relevant information in relation to the Group’s discontinued Spirits & Liqueurs business is set out in note 9. 

 The analysis by segment includes both items directly attributable to a segment and those, including central overheads, which 
are allocated on a reasonable basis in presenting information to the Chief Operating Decision-Maker.

7 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.   seGMeNtAL reportiNG - coNtiNUeD

Inter-segment revenue is not material and thus not subject to separate disclosure.

 Segment capital expenditure is the total amount incurred during the period to acquire segment assets, excluding those assets 
acquired in business combinations that are expected to be used for more than one accounting period.

(a)  operating segment disclosures

Cider – ROI 
Cider – GB 
Cider – NI 
Cider – Export 
Tennent’s GB 
Tennent’s Ireland 
Third party brands 

Continuing operations  
Discontinued operations 

2011 
Net 
revenue 
€m 

100.0 
195.2 
12.6 
21.5 
85.7 
17.8 
96.8 

529.6 
20.9 

revenue 
€m 

136.4 
284.6 
15.7 
21.5 
198.8 
28.4 
104.3 

789.7 
20.9 

operating 
profit 
€m 

revenue 
€m 

2010 
Net 
revenue 
€m 

operating
profit
€m

43.7 
27.0 
3.1 
2.7 
13.4 
5.1 
5.5 

100.5 
4.5 

153.0 
149.0 
18.5 
15.7 
70.7 
10.3 
73.6 

490.8 
78.0 

107.6 
122.8 
15.1 
15.7 
31.1 
6.3 
64.1 

362.7 
78.0 

44.3
19.7
2.9
1.5
2.2
1.5
2.7

74.8
14.7

89.5

Total before unallocated items 

810.6 

550.5 

105.0 

568.8 

440.7 

Unallocated items: 
Exceptional items (note 6) 

total  

- 

- 

(11.1)* 

- 

- 

(0.8)**

810.6 

550.5 

93.9 

568.8 

440.7 

88.7 

*    The unallocated exceptional items exclude the profit on disposal of discontinued activities of €224.7m (note 9). Of the 

exceptional items in the current year, €0.9m relates to Cider ROI, €6.8m to Cider GB, €0.4m to Cider NI, €0.2m to Cider 
Export, €3.7m to Tennent’s GB, and exceptional income of €0.9m relating to discontinued operations.

**   Of the exceptional items in the prior year, €0.1m relates to Cider ROI, €0.4m to Cider GB, €0.4m to Cider Export, €0.2m to 

Third party brands, €2.4m to Tennent’s GB, and exceptional income of €2.7m relating to discontinued operations. 

(b)   other operating segment information

2011 

capital 

2010

capital

  expenditure  Depreciation  expenditure  Depreciation
€m

 €m 

€m 

€m 

Cider – ROI 
Cider – GB 
Cider – NI 
Cider – Export 
Tennent’s GB 
Tennent’s Ireland 
Third party brands 
Total – continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 

total 

1.7 
5.2 
0.1 
- 
10.9 
1.3 
- 
19.2 

4.6 
8.9 
0.3 
0.4 
5.6 
1.2 
0.1 
21.1 

- 

0.1 

19.2 

21.2 

1.0 
3.0 
0.3 
0.3 
0.3 
0.7 
- 
5.6 

0.1 

5.7 

5.2
7.4
0.6
0.3
2.1
0.5
0.1
16.2

0.6

16.8

(c)   Geographical analysis of revenue, net revenue and non-current assets

Republic of Ireland 
UK   
Rest of Europe 
North America 
Rest of world 

Total 

revenue 

Net revenue 

2011 
€m 

151.4 
616.8 
6.5 
8.5 
6.5 

2010 
€m 

156.7 
318.4 
5.7 
5.6 
4.4 

2011 
€m 

109.8 
398.3 
6.5 
8.5 
6.5 

2010  
€m 

109.9 
237.1 
5.7 
5.6 
4.4 

Non-current assets
2010 
2011 
€m
€m 

73.3 
133.9 
- 
- 
- 

85.2
121.8
-
-
-

789.7 

490.8 

529.6 

362.7 

207.2 

207.0

 The geographical analysis of revenue is based on the location of the third party customers. The geographical analysis of non-
current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets. Non-current assets comprise property, plant & equipment and 
advances to customers repayable beyond one year. Intangible assets, goodwill and deferred tax assets are not allocated.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

7 3

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

3.   operAtiNG costs

2011 

Before  exceptional 
items 
(note 6) 
€m 

exceptional  
items 
€m 

2010
(restated)
Before  exceptional
items
(note 6) 
€m 

  exceptional 
items 
€m 

total 
€m 

Raw material cost of goods sold 
Inventory write-down (note 16) 
Employee remuneration (note 4) 
Direct brand marketing 
Other operating, selling and administration costs 
Depreciation 
Amortisation 
Research and development costs 
Auditor remuneration (a): 
- audit services 
- non audit services 
Operating lease rentals: 
- land & buildings 
- plant & machinery 
- other 

229.8 
1.1 
62.4 
59.0 
65.6 
21.2 
0.1 
0.9 

0.4 
0.6 

3.0 
0.8 
0.6 

- 
(0.2) 
2.9 
- 
8.4 
- 
.- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

229.8 
0.9 
65.3 
59.0 
74.0 
21.2 
0.1 
0.9 

0.4 
0.6 

3.0 
0.8 
0.6 

171.4 
0.9 
50.2 
61.6 
45.9 
16.8 
.- 
1.3 

0.4 
0.5 

- 
1.3 
0.9 

Total 
Relating to discontinued operations 

445.5 
(16.4) 

11.1 
0.9 

456.6 
(15.5) 

351.2 
(63.3) 

relating to continuing operations 

429.1 

12.0 

441.1 

287.9 

- 
- 
0.7 
- 
0.1 
- 
.- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

0.8 
2.7 

3.5 

total
€m

171.4
0.9
50.9
61.6
46.0
16.8
.-
1.3

0.4
0.5

-
1.3
0.9

352.0
(60.6)

291.4

(a) 

 Auditor remuneration The remuneration of the Group’s statutory auditor, being the Irish firm of the principal auditor of the 
Group, KPMG, Chartered Accountants is as follows:

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

Audit of the Group financial statements 
Other assurance services 
Tax advisory services 
Other non audit services 

Total 

0.3 
0.1 
0.3 
0.2 

0.9 

0.3
0.1
0.3
0.2

0.9

 The audit fee for the audit of the financial statements of the Company was less than €0.1m in the current and prior financial year. 

4.   eMpLoYee NUMBers & reMUNerAtioN costs

 The average number of persons employed by the Group (including executive Directors) during the year, analysed by category, 
was as follows:-

2011 
Number 

2010
Number

Production 
Sales & marketing 
Distribution 
Administration 

Total 

442 
312 
107 
145 

1,006 

The actual number of persons employed by the Group as at 28 February 2011 was 972 (28 February 2010: 1,077).

The aggregate remuneration costs of these employees can be analysed as follows:-

Wages, salaries and other short term employee benefits 
Severance costs (note 6) 
Social welfare costs 
Retirement benefit obligations – defined benefit schemes (note 23) 
Retirement benefit obligations – defined contribution schemes 
Equity settled share-based payments (note 5) 

Charged to the income statement 

2011 
€m 

45.1 
4.9 
5.4 
0.8 
5.1 
4.0 

65.3 

248
219
99
116

682

2010
€m

37.9
3.8
3.9
0.2
2.6
2.5

50.9

Actuarial gain on retirement benefit obligations recognised in other comprehensive income (note 23)  

(0.2) 

(16.7)

total employee benefits 

7 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

65.1 

34.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.   sHAre-BAseD pAYMeNts

 In May 2004, the Group established an equity settled Executive Share Option Scheme (ESOS) under which options to purchase 
shares in C&C Group plc are granted to certain executive Directors and members of management. Under the terms of the 
scheme, the options are exercisable at the market price prevailing at the date of the grant of the option. The maximum grant 
that can normally be made to any individual in any one year is an award of 150% of basic salary in that year. Options were 
granted under this scheme in May 2004, in June of each year from 2005 through to 2008, in May 2009 and in May, June and 
July 2010. 

 Under this scheme, options will not normally be exercisable until three years after the date of grant and are subject to 
meeting a specific performance target. This performance target requires the Group’s earnings per share (before exceptional 
items) to increase by 5% in excess of the Irish Consumer Price Index over three years on a compound basis, in order for 
options to vest. If after the relevant three-year period (i.e. 3 years from date of grant) the performance target is not met the 
options lapse.

 In January 2006, the Group established a Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) under the terms of which options to purchase 
shares in C&C Group plc are granted at nil cost to certain key executive employees. Options under this scheme were granted 
in January 2006 and in June of each year from 2006 through to 2008. 

 Under this plan, awards of up to 100% of basic salary may be granted. For the shares to vest fully, total shareholder return 
(TSR) must be in the top quartile of a comparator group over a three-year period. None of the award vests for below median 
performance. 30% of the award vests for median performance with straight-line pro-rating between the median and upper 
quartile. In addition to the total shareholder return condition, earnings per share growth (before exceptional items) must 
increase by 5% in excess of the Irish Consumer Price Index on a compound basis over the same three-year period or the 
Committee is otherwise satisfied that the improvement in the underlying financial performance of the Company over the 
Performance Period warrants the degree of vesting as calculated under the TSR condition. If at the end of the relevant period 
both these conditions are not met the options lapse. 

 In December 2008, shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting approved the establishment of a Joint Share 
Ownership Plan (JSOP) where certain employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the Plan 
at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. Under this plan, Interests in the form of a restricted interest in ordinary 
shares in the Company are awarded to certain key executives on payment upfront to the Company of an amount equal to 
10% of the initial issue price of the shares on the acquisition of the Interest. The executives are also required to pay a further 
amount if the tax value of their interest exceeds the price paid. When the further amount is paid, the Company compensates 
the executive for the obligation to pay this further amount by paying him an equivalent amount, which is, however, subject to 
income tax in the hands of the participant. 

 The vesting of Interests granted is subject to the following conditions. All of the Interests are subject to a time vesting 
condition with one-third of the Interest in the shares vesting on the first anniversary of acquisition, one-third on the second 
anniversary and the final one-third on the third anniversary. In addition, half of the Interests in the shares are subject to 
a pre-vesting share price target. In order to benefit from those Interests the Company’s share price must be greater than 
€2.50 for 13,800,000 of the Interests awarded, and €4.00 for 2,200,000 of the Interests awarded, for at least 20 days out of 40 
consecutive dealing days during the five-year period commencing on the date of acquisition of the Interest. 

 When an Interest vests, the trustees may, at the request of the participant and on payment of the further amount, transfer 
shares to the participant of equal value to the participant’s Interest or the Shares may be sold by the trustees, who will 
account to the participant for the difference between the sale proceeds (less expenses) and the Hurdle Value (balancing 90% 
of the acquisition price on the acquisition of the Interest).

 In February 2010, the Group established a Restricted Share Award Scheme under the terms of which options to purchase 
shares in C&C Group plc are granted at nil cost to certain key executive employees. 

 The vesting conditions for these awards are similar to those for the JSOP award in that half of the awards will vest one-third 
on each anniversary of date of grant subject to continued employment only and half will vest on the later of the achievement 
of the performance condition of meeting a €4.00 share price target and the third anniversary of the award date subject to 
continued employment. The Board approved the award of 429,148 options under this plan in February 2010.

 In June 2010, the Group established a Recruitment and Retention Plan under the terms of which options to purchase shares 
in C&C Group plc are granted at nil cost to certain key executive employees. 

 The performance conditions and/or other terms and conditions for awards granted under this plan are specifically approved 
by the Board of Directors at the time of each individual award, following a recommendation by the Remuneration Committee. 
The Board approved the award of 81,000 options under this plan in June 2010. This award is subject to time vesting 
conditions only and will normally vest and become exercisable in three equal tranches, one-third on the first anniversary of 
acquisition, one-third on the second anniversary and the final one-third on the third anniversary. 

 Obligations arising under the Restricted Share Award Scheme and the Recruitment and Retention Plan will be honoured 
by the purchase of existing shares on the open market. On settlement any difference between the amount included in the 
Share-based payment reserve account and the cash paid to purchase the shares is recognised in retained income via the 
statement of changes in equity.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

7 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

5.   sHAre-BAseD pAYMeNts - coNtiNUeD

 In 2001, the Group entered into an agreement with trade unions representing the majority of its employees, which provided 
for the establishment of an approved save as you earn scheme and of an approved profit sharing scheme. A discretionary 
scheme was put in place for the year ended 28 February 2007. Under this scheme, due to exceptional earnings per share 
growth in that year, the Remuneration Committee and the Board approved and granted to employees shares to the value 
of between 3% and 4% of basic salary remuneration subject to a minimum allocation of €1,000 per employee. The cost, 
which was reflected in the income statement in the year ended 28 February 2007, was €2.5m. The Group purchased 189,061 
shares and placed these shares in Irish/UK Revenue approved employee trusts where they are held in trust on behalf of 
each employee and where each employee has full voting rights and dividend entitlements. Tax penalties apply should the 
employees sell the shares before the vesting period expires. The vesting period for shares awarded to Republic of Ireland 
resident employees expired in June 2010 and all remaining shares were transferred out of the Trust and into the Participants’ 
individual names while the vesting period for shares awarded to UK resident employees will expire in June 2012. 

 The fair values assigned to the ESOS options granted were computed in accordance with a trinomial valuation methodology, 
the fair value of options awarded under the LTIP were computed in accordance with a stochastic model, the fair value of 
options awarded under the Recruitment and Retention Plan were computed in accordance with a binomial model and the fair 
value of the Interests awarded under the Joint Share Ownership Plan and the Restricted Share Award Plan were computed 
using a Monte Carlo simulation. As per IFRS 2 Share-based Payment, market based vesting conditions, such as the LTIP 
TSR condition and the share price target conditions in the Joint Share Ownership Plan and the Restricted Share Award Plan, 
have been taken into account in establishing the fair value of equity instruments granted. Other non-market or performance 
related conditions were not taken into account in establishing the fair value of equity instruments granted, instead these 
non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments included in the 
measurement of the transaction amount so that, ultimately the amount recognised for services received as consideration for 
the equity instruments granted is based on the number of equity instruments that eventually vest. 

The main assumptions used in the valuations were as follows:-

executive 
options 
granted 
July 2010 

recruitment 
& retention 
plan 
June 2010 

executive 
options 
granted 
June 2010 

executive 
options 
granted 

restricted 
shares 
granted 
May 2010  February 2010 

Jsop 
granted 
December 
 2009 

Jsop 
granted 
June 
2009 

executive
options
granted
May 2009

Exercise price 
Risk free interest rate 
Expected volatility 
Expected life 
Dividend yield 

€3.32 
€0.00 
1.47%  1.4%-1.8% 
50.8% 
50.8% 
1-3 years 
7 years 
1.6% 
2.0% 

€3.21 
1.36% 
50.8% 
7 years 
2.04% 

€3.21 
1.58% 
50.8% 
7 years  3-5 years 
2.22% 
1.99% 

€2.47 
€0.00 
0.7% – 1.7% 
2.29% 
50.8%  44.7% - 52.9% 
1 - 3 years 
2.2% 

€1.15 
0.9% - 2.0% 
43.3% - 48.4% 
1 - 3 years 
2.6% 

€1.94
3.8%
43.5%
7 years
3.09%

 Details of the shares and share options granted under these schemes together with the share option expense are as follows:

Grant date 

Vesting 
period 

3 years 
3 years 
3 years 
3 years 
3 years 
3 years 
3 years 
3 years 
3 years 
1-3 years 
3 years 
1-3 years 
1-3 years 

13 May 2004 
20 June 2005 
12 Jan 2006 (LTIP) 
15 June 2006 
15 June 2006 (LTIP) 
13 June 2007 
13 June 2007 (LTIP) 
13 June 2008 
13 June 2008 (LTIP) 
18 December 2008 (JSOP) 
13 May 2009 
03 June 2009 (JSOP) 
17 December 2009 (JSOP) 
26 February 2010 
(Restricted share plan) 
26 May 2010 
2 June 2010 
29 June 2010
(Recruitment & retention plan)  1-3 years 
3 years 
21 July 2010 

1-3 years  
3 years 
3 years 

APSS Scheme 

7 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

Number of
options/ 
equity 
interests 
granted 

4,914,900 
1,708,200 
44,365 
846,900 
127,600 
318,500 
82,100 
1,013,700 
59,600 
12,800,000 
4,336,300 
1,000,000 
2,200,000 

outstanding 
at 28 
February 11 

62,400 
82,100 
- 
104,100 
- 
- 
- 
217,200 
- 
9,386,668 
3,768,400 
1,000,000 
1,550,000 

429,148 
803,900 
127,200 

232,455 
803,900 
127,200 

81,000 
2,944,400 

81,000 
2,926,600 

33,837,813  20,342,023 
- 

189,061 

34,026,874  20,342,023 

Market
value at 
date of 
grant 
€ 

Fair value 
at date 
of grant 
€  

expense in
income statement
2010
2011 
€m
€m 

Grant 
price 
€ 

2.26 
3.56 
- 
6.52 
- 
11.53 
- 
5.11 
- 
1.15 
1.94 
1.15 
2.47 

- 
3.21 
3.21 

- 
3.32 

2.26 
3.56 
5.53 
6.52 
6.52 
11.53 
11.53 
5.11 
5.11 

0.49 
0.72 
4.63 
1.24 
4.48 
2.76 
5.26 
0.98 
3.38 
1.315  0.16 - 0.21 
0.72 
1.94 
1.01–1.09 
2.32 
0.11–0.16 
2.76 

2.70 
3.21 
3.21 

3.20 
3.32 

2.26 
1.21 
1.14 

2.94 
1.16 

11.39 

11.39 

11.39 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
0.9 
1.2 
0.4 
0.1 

0.3 
0.3 
- 

- 
0.8 

4.0 
- 

4.0 

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.1
0.8
0.5
0.1

-
-
-

-
-

2.5
-

2.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.   sHAre-BAseD pAYMeNts - coNtiNUeD

 The amount charged to the income statement in respect of the above award grants assumes that all outstanding options 
granted during 2010 will vest and all qualifying conditions will be achieved. Options granted during 2007 did not achieve the 
related performance condition and consequently all outstanding options lapsed. Given that, in order for options to vest, the 
non-market performance target requires the Group’s earnings per share (before exceptional items) to increase by 5% in 
excess of the Irish Consumer Price Index over three years on a compound basis, and that adjusted basic EPS for the year 
ended 28 February 2009 fell by 21% and fell a further 9% for the year ended 28 February 2010, the Directors consider the 
likelihood of achieving the non-market vesting conditions for the 2008 ESOS and LTIP share option awards as remote and 
therefore it is currently assumed that no options granted during 2008 will vest, with the exception of the JSOP awards issued 
in December 2008 as these are not subject to earnings per share growth targets.

 The amount charged to the income statement includes an accelerated charge of €0.9m (2010: €0.1m) in relation to 
employees leaving the Group as part of a restructuring programme for share option grants where the underlying conditions 
were deemed to have been met at the date of departure. These employees were deemed ‘good leavers’ under the terms of 
the scheme, with all share options granted deemed to have vested and the exercise period reduced from 4 years to 6 months.

 A summary of activity under the Group’s share option schemes and Joint Share Ownership Plan together with the weighted 
average exercise price of the share options is as follows:

Outstanding at beginning of year 

Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited/lapsed 

outstanding at end of year 

2011 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
€m 

Number of 
options/ 
equity 
interests 

21,736,448 

3,956,500 
(4,003,232) 
(1,347,693) 

20,342,023 

1.60 

3.23 
1.18 
3.18 

1.79 

2010
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
€m

Number of 
options/ 
equity 
interests 

15,263,000 

7,965,448 
(432,800) 
(1,059,200) 

21,736,448 

1.72

1.99
2.26
5.22

1.60

The number of share options/equity Interests exercisable at 28 February 2011 was 6,545,377 (2010: 4,726,167).

 The unvested options/equity Interests outstanding at 28 February 2011 have a weighted average vesting period outstanding of 
1.4 years. The weighted average contractual life of vested and unvested share options/equity Interests is 5.2 years. 

 The weighted average share price at date of exercise of all options/equity Interests exercised during the period was €3.28 
(2010: €2.59), the average share price for the year was €3.26 (2010: €2.31) and the share price as at 28 February 2011 was 
€3.54 (28 February 2010: €2.71).

6.   eXceptioNAL iteMs

Restructuring costs 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Recovery of previously impaired inventory 
Costs associated with integrating acquired businesses 
Profit from discontinued operations 

total before tax 
Income tax expense 

total after tax 

(a)   Restructuring costs

2011 

continuing Discontinued 
operations  operations 
€m 

€m 

2010  

  continuing Discontinued 
total  operations  operations 
€m 
€m 

€m 

4.9 
(1.1) 
(0.2) 
8.4 
- 

- 
(0.9) 
- 
- 
(224.7) 

4.9 
(2.0) 
(0.2) 
8.4 
(224.7) 

12.0 
(2.9) 

(225.6) 
0.1 

(213.6) 
(2.8) 

3.8 
(2.2) 
- 
1.9 
- 

3.5 
(0.9) 

- 
(0.9) 
- 
- 
(1.8) 

(2.7) 
- 

9.1 

(225.5) 

(216.4) 

2.6 

(2.7) 

total
€m

3.8
(3.1)
-
1.9
(1.8)

0.8
(0.9)

(0.1)

 Restructuring costs, comprising severance and other initiatives arising from cost cutting initiatives implemented during 
the financial year, resulted in an exceptional charge before taxation of €4.9m (2010: €3.8m). 

(b)   Retirement benefit obligations

 The exceptional gain of €2.0m in the current financial year relates to defined benefit pension scheme curtailment 
gains arising as a result of: the Group’s disposal of its Spirits & Liqueurs business to William Grant & Sons Holdings 
Limited and the reclassification of these employees from active to deferred members (€0.9m); restructuring initiatives 
in Northern Ireland following the integration of the acquired business (€0.1m); and a cost reduction programme in the 
Group’s cider manufacturing facility in Clonmel, Co. Tipperary (€1.0m). A curtailment gain arises where the value of 
the pension benefit of a deferred member is less than that of an active member. This occurs when the long term salary 
increase assumption is greater than the long term inflation expectation. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

7 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

6.   eXceptioNAL iteMs - coNtiNUeD

 The exceptional gain in the prior year relates to a defined benefit pension scheme curtailment gain of €3.4m which 
arose due to the reduction in headcount numbers following the Group’s restructuring programme announced in 
February 2009, as reduced by the cost of providing pension augmentations (€0.3m) to a smaller number of employees.

(c)   Recovery of previously impaired inventory

 During the financial year ended 28 February 2009, the Group’s stock holding of apple juice at circa 36 months of 
forecasted future sales was deemed excessive in light of anticipated future needs, forward purchase commitments and 
useful life of the stock on hand, accordingly the Group recorded an impairment charge in relation to excess apple juice 
stocks. During the current financial year, some of the previously impaired juice stocks were recovered and used by the 
Group’s acquired Gaymers cider business. As a result this stock was written back to operating profit at its recoverable 
value.

(d)   Costs associated with integrating the acquired businesses

 During the financial year ended 28 February 2010, the Group completed the acquisition of the Tennent’s beer business 
and the Gaymer cider business and commenced the process of integrating these businesses with the Group’s existing 
business. The costs associated with integrating these businesses have been classified as exceptional on the basis 
of materiality. These costs primarily relate to external consultant fees and remuneration costs of employees directly 
involved in the integration process together with the costs associated with the implementation of the new IT systems 
platform which, in accordance with IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment, and in the opinion of management, were not 
appropriate for capitalisation within Property, plant and equipment in the balance sheet.

(e)   Profit from discontinued operations, net of tax 

 On 1 July 2010, the Group completed the disposal of its Spirits & Liqueurs division to William Grant & Sons Holdings 
Limited for a gross cash consideration of €300.0m realising a profit of €224.7m (note 9).

 During the prior year, the Group settled all amounts outstanding in relation to dilapidation costs on the properties 
disposed of as part of the disposal of the Soft Drinks business in 2008 and released the excess provision to the income 
statement. The provision was originally classified as exceptional when it was charged through the income statement.

7.   FiNANce iNcoMe AND eXpeNse

recognised in income statement 
Finance income: 
Interest income on bank deposits 
Loss on mark to market of derivative financial instruments arising on surplus sterling cash flow hedges  
Fair value change on non-hedge accounted derivative financial instruments 
Ineffective portion of change in fair value of cash flow hedges 

Total finance income 

Finance expense: 
Interest expense on interest bearing borrowings 
Expense arising on interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges against interest exposure 
Unwinding of discount on provisions  
Ineffective portion of change in fair value of cash flow hedges 

Total finance expense 

Net finance expense 

recognised directly in other comprehensive income 
Effective portion of change in fair value of cash flow hedges 
Fair value of foreign exchange cash flow hedges transferred to income statement 
Fair value of interest rate swap cash flow hedges transferred to income statement 
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges recognised directly in other comprehensive income 
Foreign currency translation differences arising on foreign currency borrowings  
designated as net investment hedges 
Foreign currency translation differences arising on the net investment in foreign operations 

Net income recognised directly in other comprehensive income 

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

(1.2) 
- 
- 
- 

(1.2) 

6.6 
3.1 
1.0 
(0.1) 

10.6 

9.4 

(2.9) 
4.3 
3.0 
(0.5) 

(3.3) 
16.5 

17.1 

(1.3)
0.2
(0.7)
(0.2)

(2.0)

4.9
4.4
-
(0.1)

9.2

7.2

(3.7)
(4.7)
4.3
0.6

(0.8)
6.6

2.3

7 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.  

iNcoMe tAX 

(a)  Analysis of charge in year recognised in the income statement   

Current tax:  
Irish corporation tax 
Foreign corporation tax 
Adjustment in respect of previous years 

Deferred tax:  
Irish 
Foreign 

total income tax expense recognised in income statement 

Relating to discontinued operations 
 - discontinued operations before exceptional items 
 - discontinued operations exceptional items  

Relating to continuing operations 
-  continuing operations before exceptional items 
- continuing operations exceptional items   

total 

2011  
€m 

2010
€m

4.1 
2.3 
(1.8) 

4.7
1.6
(0.2)

4.6 

3.1 
1.1 

4.2 

8.8 

0.5 
0.1 

6.1

1.2
0.7

1.9

8.0

1.6
-

11.1 
(2.9) 

8.8 

7.3
(0.9)

8.0

 The tax assessed for the year is different from that calculated at the standard rate of corporation tax in the Republic of 
Ireland, as explained below. 

Profit before tax from continuing operations 
Profit from discontinued operations 
Profit on disposal of discontinued operations 

Tax at standard rate of corporation tax in the Republic of Ireland of 12.5% 

Actual tax charge is affected by the following: 
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes   
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
Deferred tax provided for at a different rate from the standard corporation tax rate* 
Differences in effective tax rates on overseas earnings  
Manufacturing relief 
Non taxable income/profits  
Other differences 

total income tax  

(b)   Deferred tax recognised directly in other comprehensive income 

Deferred tax arising on movement in defined benefit pension obligations 
Deferred tax arising on movement in derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 

2011 
€m 

79.1 
5.4 
224.7 

309.2 

38.7 

1.1 
(1.8) 
- 
0.5 
(0.8) 
(28.1) 
(0.8) 

8.8 

- 
0.5 

0.5 

2010
€m

64.1
17.4
-

81.5

10.2

1.0
(0.2)
(2.1)
0.8
(1.3)
-
(0.4)

8.0

(2.1)
0.6

(1.5)

*  In 2009 deferred tax in relation to the Group’s exceptional write-down of property, plant & machinery had been 

recognised at the tax rates then applying. Taking into account the expiration of manufacturing relief on 31 December 
2010, this deferred tax was recognised at the standard corporation tax rate during the year ended 28 February 2010.

(c)  Factors that may affect future charges

 Future income tax charges may be impacted by changes to the corporation tax rates in force in the countries in which 
the Group operates and by any adoption or implementation of the current draft EU Directive and proposal in relation to 
the Common Consolidated Corporate Tax Base “CCCTB” which seeks to alter the existing system of allocating a group’s 
taxable profits between different territories.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

7 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

9.   DiscoNtiNUeD operAtioNs

 On 30 June 2010, the Group completed the disposal of its Spirits & Liqueurs business to William Grant & Sons Holdings 
Limited for a gross cash consideration of €300.0m.

 In line with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, depreciation was not charged on property, 
plant & equipment held in this business from the date the assets were classified as ‘held for sale’ and the business is 
presented as a discontinued operation for all periods presented and is shown separately from continuing operations. 

results of discontinued operations

Revenue  
Excise duty 

Net revenue 
Expenses, net 

Operating profit 
Income tax expense 

Trading profit from discontinued operations  
Gain on sale of discontinued operations 

2011 
Before  exceptional 
items 
(note 6) 
€m 

exceptional  
items 
€m 

2010
Before  exceptional
items
(note 6) 
€m 

  exceptional 
items 
€m 

total 
€m 

20.9 
- 

20.9 
(16.4) 

4.5 
(0.5) 

4.0 
- 

- 
- 

- 
0.9 

0.9 
(0.1) 

20.9 
- 

20.9 
(15.5) 

5.4 
(0.6) 

0.8 
224.7 

4.8 
224.7 

78.0 
- 

78.0 
(63.3) 

 14.7 
(1.6) 

13.1 
- 

total
€m

78.0
-

78.0
(60.6)

17.4
(1.6)

15.8
-

15.8

- 
- 

- 
2.7 

2.7 
- 

2.7 
- 

2.7 

profit from discontinued operations  

4.0 

225.5 

229.5 

13.1 

The exceptional income arising relates to:-
• 

 curtailment gains on the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes; a current year gain of €0.9m following the disposal 
of the Spirits & Liqueurs business and a prior year gain of €0.9m following the September 2008 disposal of the Group’s 
Republic of Ireland Wine and Spirits distribution business. 
 the prior year release of an excess provision to the income statement of €1.8m associated with the settlement by the 
Group of all amounts outstanding in relation to dilapidation costs on the properties disposed of as part of the disposal of 
the Soft Drinks business in 2008.

• 

cash flows from discontinued operations 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities 
Net cash inflow from investing activities 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from discontinued operations 

effect of disposal on the financial position of the Group

Property, plant & equipment 
Goodwill 
Inventories 
Trade & other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade & other payables 

2011 
€m 

0.1 
294.9 

295.0 

2011 
€m 

2.5 
49.6 
6.6 
17.1 
(3.0) 
(4.5) 

2010
€m

(3.1)
2.0

(1.1)

2010
€m

2.6
49.6
5.5
11.3
(1.4)
(13.4)

Net assets and liabilities disposed of 

68.3 

54.2

Consideration receivable  
Costs of disposal payable 

Net proceeds receivable 

profit on disposal of net assets and liabilities   
Fair value of derivative financial instruments transferred  
from cashflow hedge reserve to income statement 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations 

302.0 
(6.0) 

296.0 

227.7 

(3.0) 

224.7 

-
-

-

-

-

-

 Consideration receivable includes a working capital settlement (estimated at €2.0m) to reflect the level of working capital 
disposed of and that considered ‘normalised’ as set out in the Sale Purchase Agreement, while costs of disposal payable 
includes an accrual for costs not yet paid.

8 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.  DiViDeNDs

Dividends paid 
Final: paid 3.0c per ordinary share in September 2010 (2010: 3.0c paid in September 2009)  
Interim: paid 3.3c per ordinary share in December 2010 (2010: 3.0c paid in December 2009) 

total equity dividends 

Settled as follows: 
Paid in cash 
Scrip dividend 

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

9.5 
10.7 

9.5
9.5

20.2 

19.0

12.1 
8.1 

20.2 

14.7
4.3

19.0

 The Directors have proposed a final dividend of 3.3c per share (2010: 3.0c), which is subject to shareholder approval at the 
Annual General Meeting, giving a proposed total dividend for the year of 6.6c per share (2010: 6.0c). 

 Dividends of 6.3c were recognised as a deduction from the retained income reserve in the year ended 28 February 2011 
(2010: 6.0c).

Dividends declared after the balance sheet date are not recognised as a liability at the balance sheet date.

11.   eArNiNGs per orDiNArY sHAre

Denominator computations 

Number of shares at beginning of year  
Shares issued in lieu of dividend 
Shares issued in respect of options exercised 
Shares issued and held in trust in respect of the Joint Share Ownership Plan 

Number of shares at end of year 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (basic)* 
Adjustment for the effect of conversion of options 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares, including options (diluted) 
* excludes 12.6m treasury shares (2010: 16.0m)

profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 

Earnings as reported 
Adjustment for exceptional items, net of tax (note 6) 

Earnings as adjusted for exceptional items, net of tax 

Basic earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share  
Adjusted basic earnings per share  

Diluted earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share  
Adjusted diluted earnings per share  

continuing operations 
Earnings from continuing operations as reported 
Adjustment for exceptional items, net of tax (note 6) 

Earnings from continuing operations as adjusted for exceptional items, net of tax 

Number  
‘000 
334,068 
2,538 
590 
- 

Number
‘000
328,583
1,852
433
3,200

337,196 

334,068

321,579 
8,492 

316,763
7,000

330,071 

323,763

2011 
€m 
300.4 
(216.4) 

2010
€m
73.5
(0.1)

84.0 

73.4

cent 
93.4 
26.1 

91.0 
25.4 

€m 
70.9 
9.1 

80.0 

cent
23.2
23.2

22.7
22.7

€m
57.7
2.6

60.3

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

8 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

11.   eArNiNGs per orDiNArY sHAre - coNtiNUeD

Basic earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share  
Adjusted basic earnings per share  

Diluted earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share  
Adjusted diluted earnings per share  

Discontinued operations 
Earnings from discontinued operations as reported 
Adjustment for exceptional items, net of tax (note 6) 

cent 
22.0 
24.9 

21.5 
24.2 

€m 
229.5 
(225.5) 

cent
18.2
19.0

17.8
18.6

€m
15.8
(2.7)

Earnings from discontinued operations as adjusted for exceptional items, net of tax 

4.0 

13.1

Basic earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share  
Adjusted basic earnings per share  

Diluted earnings per share  
Diluted earnings per share  
Adjusted diluted earnings per share  

cent 
71.4 
1.2 

69.5 
1.2 

cent
5.0
4.1

4.9
4.0

 Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding ordinary shares purchased/issued by the Company and held as 
treasury shares on the basis that these shares do not rank for dividend (at 28 February 2011: 12.6m shares; at 28 February 
2010: 16.0m shares). 

 Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to 
assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The average market value of the Company’s shares for purposes 
of calculating the dilutive effect of share options was based on quoted market prices for the period of the year that the 
options were outstanding.

 Employee share options, which are performance-based, are treated as contingently issuable shares because their issue is 
contingent upon satisfaction of specified performance conditions in addition to the passage of time. In accordance with IAS 
33 Earnings per Share, these contingently issuable shares (totalling 324,487 at 28 February 2011 and 551,100 at 28 February 
2010) are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share where the vesting conditions would not have been 
satisfied as at the end of the reporting period. Vesting of certain Interests awarded under the Joint Share Ownership Plan 
(totalling 750,000 at 28 February 2011 and 1,100,000 at 28 February 2010) is also contingent upon satisfaction of specified 
performance conditions and these have also been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share. 

12.   BUsiNess coMBiNAtioNs

There were no business acquisitions during the current financial year.

 Details of acquisitions completed during the previous financial year and accounted for using IFRS 3 (2004) Business 
Combinations, together with the completion dates, are as follows:

-  

-  

 the assets and goodwill of the Tennent’s beer business, including the rights to the Tennent’s brand worldwide (with 
the exception of Tennent’s Super and Tennent’s Pilsner), the Wellpark Brewery in Glasgow and certain distribution 
rights in relation to AB InBev products in Ireland, Northern Ireland and Scotland. This acquisition was completed on 28 
September 2009.

 the assets and goodwill of the Gaymer Cider business, an established manufacturer and supplier of cider in the UK, 
including the rights to the Gaymers, Blackthorn, Olde English and other brands. This acquisition was completed on 15 
January 2010.

 Given the timing of the closure of the prior year business combinations, the assignment of fair values to identifiable net 
assets acquired was performed on a provisional basis, and as permitted under IFRS 3 (2004) Business Combinations, these 
provisional valuations were amended during the current financial year. The adjustments to the original fair values are set out 
below and relate to the costs of acquisition, the fair values of trade receivables & accruals and the recognition of an onerous 
lease obligation. The Directors do not believe that these fair value adjustments have a material impact on the financial 
performance or position of the Group and therefore the adjustments have been reflected in the current financial year only.

8 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.   BUsiNess coMBiNAtioNs - coNtiNUeD

tennent’s 
Property, plant & equipment 
Brands & other intangible assets 
Inventories 
Trade & other receivables – current 
Trade & other receivables – non current 
Trade & other payables 
Deferred tax assets 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired  

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

total consideration 

Gaymers 
Property, plant & equipment 
Brands & other intangible assets 
Inventories 
Trade & other receivables – current 
Trade & other payables 
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired  

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

total consideration 

total 
Property, plant & equipment 
Brands & other intangible assets 
Inventories 
Trade & other receivables – current 
Trade & other receivables – non current 
Trade & other payables 
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities (net) 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired  

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

total consideration 

initial fair  Adjustment 
to initial 
fair value 
€m 

value 
assigned 
€m 

revised
fair
value
 €m

65.5 
70.8 
6.0 
49.4 
23.6 
(25.0) 
0.5 

190.8 

- 
- 
- 
0.7 
- 
4.0 
- 

4.7 

65.5
70.8
6.0
50.1
23.6
(21.0)
0.5

195.5

25.7 

(4.3) 

21.4

216.5 

0.4 

216.9

initial fair  Adjustment 
to initial 
fair value 
€m 

value 
assigned 
€m 

revised
fair
value
 €m

35.8 
10.9 
12.5 
1.4 
(2.4) 
(5.3) 
(4.5) 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(6.3) 
- 

35.8
10.9
12.5
1.4
(2.4)
(11.6)
(4.5)

48.4 

(6.3) 

42.1

3.7 

52.1 

6.7 

0.4 

10.4

52.5

initial fair  Adjustment 
to initial 
fair value 
€m 

value 
assigned 
€m 

revised
fair
value
 €m

101.3 
81.7 
18.5 
50.8 
23.6 
(27.4) 
(5.3) 
(4.0) 

- 
- 
- 
0.7 
- 
4.0 
(6.3) 
- 

101.3
81.7
18.5
51.5
23.6
(23.4)
(11.6)
(4.0)

239.2 

(1.6) 

237.6

29.4 

268.6 

2.4 

0.8 

31.8

269.4

 In addition to the further acquisition costs of €0.8m paid during the current financial year, the Group settled the deferred 
consideration of €30.8m to AB InBev which was payable on the first anniversary of completion of the acquisition of the Irish, 
Northern Irish and Scottish businesses of AB InBev (28 September 2010). This payable balance was included within accruals 
in the prior year (note 18).

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

8 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

13.   propertY, pLANt & eQUipMeNt 

Group 
cost or valuation 
At 1 March 2009 
Translation adjustment 
Acquisition of businesses (note 12) 
Additions 
Disposals 

At 28 February 2010 

Translation adjustment 
Additions 
Disposals 
Disposal of Spirits and Liqueurs  

At 28 February 2011 

Depreciation 
At 1 March 2009 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 

At 28 February 2010 

Translation adjustment 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
Disposal of Spirits and Liqueurs  

At 28 February 2011 

Net book value 
At 28 February 2011 

At 28 February 2010 

Freehold 
land & 

Motor
vehicles
& other
plant & 
buildings  machinery  equipment 
 €m 

€m 

€m 

23.9 
0.6 
47.8 
- 
- 

119.0 
0.4 
37.1 
1.2 
- 

46.0 
0.4 
16.4 
4.5 
(1.5) 

total
€m

188.9
1.4
101.3
5.7
(1.5)

72.3 

157.7 

65.8 

295.8

2.8 
- 
- 
- 

2.1 
4.0 
- 
(7.7) 

1.0 
15.2 
(1.5) 
(0.7) 

5.9
19.2
(1.5)
(8.4)

75.1 

156.1 

79.8 

311.0

4.7 
0.5 
- 

5.2 

0.1 
1.1 
- 
- 

6.4 

56.5 
10.7 
- 

32.0 
5.6 
(1.4) 

93.2
16.8
(1.4)

67.2 

36.2 

108.6

- 
11.4 
- 
(5.2) 

0.1 
8.7 
(0.3) 
(0.7) 

0.2
21.2
(0.3)
(5.9)

73.4 

44.0 

123.8

68.7 

82.7 

35.8 

187.2

67.1 

90.5 

29.6 

187.2

 No depreciation is charged on freehold land, which had a book value of €12.7m at 28 February 2011 (28 February 2010: 
€12.7m). 

Depreciated replacement cost – 28 February 2010
 An internal valuation was undertaken of all plant & machinery assets at 28 February 2010 that were valued under the 
depreciated replacement method in the prior year. As part of this valuation the Directors considered projected asset 
utilisations, changes in useful lives and obsolescence. The valuations resulted in no revaluation of this property, plant & 
machinery.

 The freehold property acquired by the Group during the year ended 28 February 2010 was valued by external valuer, Timothy 
Smith, BSc MRICS - Gerard Eve LLP on an existing use basis and the acquired plant & machinery assets were valued by 
external valuer, D.R. Elston, FRICS - Elston Sutton & Co using the depreciated replacement cost method of valuation. 
These valuations were undertaken in accordance with the requirements of RICS Valuation Standards, sixth edition and the 
International Valuation Standards. Fixtures & fittings were not valued by external valuers.

Depreciated replacement cost – 28 February 2011
 An internal valuation was undertaken of all property, plant & machinery assets at 28 February 2011 that were valued under 
the existing use basis and the depreciated replacement method in the preceding financial years. As part of this valuation 
the Directors considered land values, projected asset utilisations, changes in useful lives and obsolescence. The valuations 
resulted in no revaluation of this property, plant & machinery.

The Company has no property, plant & equipment.

 Assets held under finance leases
Neither the Company nor the Group have any assets held under finance leases at 28 February 2011 (28 February 2010: nil).

8 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14.  GooDWiLL & iNtANGiBLe Assets

cost 
At 1 March 2009 
Arising on acquisition 
Translation adjustment 

At 28 February 2010 

Fair value adjustment 
Disposal 
Translation adjustment 

At 28 February 2011 

Amortisation 

Goodwill 
€m 

Brands 
€m 

other 
intangible 
assets 
€m 

394.7 
29.4 
(0.1) 

- 
80.2 
1.9 

424.0 

82.1 

2.4 
(49.6) 
1.3 

- 
- 
4.5 

- 
1.5 
0.1 

1.6 

- 
- 
0.1 

total
€m

394.7
111.1
1.9

507.7

2.4
(49.6)
5.9

378.1 

86.6 

1.7 

466.4

- 

- 

(0.1) 

(0.1)

Net book value at 28 February 2011 

378.1 

86.6 

1.6 

466.3

Goodwill
Goodwill has been attributed to operating segments (as identified under IFRS 8 Operating Segments) as follows:-

cost 
At 1 March 2009 
Arising on acquisition 
Translation adjustment 
At 28 February 2010 * 

Disposal 
Fair value adjustment 
Translation adjustment 

cider 
 - roi 
€m 

cider 
 - GB 
€m 

cider 
 -Ni 
€m 

cider 
-export 
€m 

spirits & 
Liqueurs 
€m 

tennent’s 
- GB 
€m 

tennent’s
- ireland 
 €m 

116.5 
- 
- 
116.5 

- 
- 
- 

187.1 
3.7 
- 
190.8 

- 
6.7 
0.5 

19.6 
- 
- 
19.6 

- 
- 

21.9 
- 
- 
21.9 

- 
- 

49.6 
- 
- 
49.6 

(49.6) 
- 
- 

- 
22.9 
(0.1) 
22.8 

- 
(4.3) 
0.8 

- 
2.8 
- 
2.8 

- 
- 

total
€m

394.7
29.4
(0.1)
424.0

(49.6)
2.4
1.3

At 28 February 2011 

116.5 

198.0 

19.6 

21.9 

- 

19.3 

2.8 

378.1

*  Goodwill at 1 March 2009 and 28 February 2010 has been attributed to the current operating segments as outlined in note 2. 

 Goodwill at 1 March 2009 consisted entirely of goodwill capitalised under Irish GAAP which at the transition date to IFRS was 
treated as deemed cost. 

 Goodwill that arose on the acquisition of the Tennent’s and Gaymer Cider businesses during the previous financial year 
was capitalised at cost and represents the synergies arising from cost savings and the opportunity to utilise the extended 
distribution network of the Group to leverage the marketing of the Group’s acquired products. This goodwill was attributed to 
the operating segments; Cider - GB and Tennent’s Beer (comprising Tennent’s GB and Tennent’s Ireland). No goodwill was 
attributed to the Third party brands operating segment as the Group considered that the goodwill generated on acquisition of 
the Tennent’s business from AB InBev is considered to be derived from purchased brands. 

 The requirement of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets that the operating segments to which goodwill is allocated should not be 
larger than an operating segment determined in accordance IFRS 8 Operating Segments and the inclusion of Cider NI and 
Tennent’s Ireland as separate operating segments in the current financial year has resulted in the reporting of an element 
of goodwill previously classified within Cider Export (previously Cider ROW) and Tennent’s Beer as Cider – NI (€19.6m) and 
Tennent’s Ireland (€2.8m) respectively. 

 As permitted under IFRS 3 (2004) Business Combinations, the provisional valuations assigned to the assets and liabilities 
acquired were amended resulting in an increase to the value of goodwill of a net €2.4m. The amendments to the originally 
assigned fair values giving rise to this adjustment are set out in note 12 and relate to the costs of acquisition and the fair 
value of trade receivables, accruals and provisions.

 All goodwill is regarded as having an indefinite life and is not subject to amortisation under IFRS but is subject to an annual 
impairment assessment.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

8 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

14.  GooDWiLL & iNtANGiBLe Assets - coNtiNUeD

Brands
Brands have been attributed to operating segments (as identified under IFRS 8 Operating Segments) as follows:-

At 1 March 2009 
Arising on acquisition 
Translation adjustment 
At 28 February 2010 

Translation adjustment 

At 28 February 2011 

cider 
- GB  
€m 

tennent’s 
 GB 
€m 

tennent’s 
 ireland 
€m 

- 
10.9 
(0.1) 
10.8 

- 
61.0 
1.8 
62.8 

0.6 

3.4 

11.4 

66.2 

- 
8.3 
0.2 
8.5 

0.5 

9.0 

total
€m

-
80.2
1.9
82.1

4.5

86.6

 During the year ended 28 February 2010, the Group acquired the Tennent’s beer brands and a number of cider brands, 
including Gaymers, Blackthorn and Olde English, further details of which are outlined in note 12. The acquired brands were 
valued at fair value on the date of acquisition in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 3 Business Combinations by 
independent professional valuers.

 In line with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets, and as discussed above, €8.3m of the fair value of the Tennent’s beer brand 
attributed to Tennent’s Ireland is now reported within that operating segment.

 Capitalised brands are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives and therefore have not been amortised. The 
brands are protected by trademarks, which are renewable indefinitely in all major markets where they are sold and it is the 
Group’s policy to support them with the appropriate level of brand advertising. In addition, there are not believed to be any 
legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that limit the useful lives of these brands. Accordingly, the Directors believe that it 
is appropriate that the brands be treated as having indefinite lives for accounting purposes.

other intangible assets
 Other intangible assets, acquired by the Group during the previous financial year, comprise 20 year distribution rights for 
third party beer products. These were valued at fair value on the date of acquisition in accordance with the requirements of 
IFRS 3 Business Combinations by independent professional valuers. Other intangible assets have finite lives and are subject 
to amortisation on a straight line basis over the length of the distribution arrangements. The amortisation charge for the 
year ended 28 February 2011 is €0.1m (2010: less than €0.1m). 

Impairment testing
 To ensure that goodwill and brands considered to have an indefinite useful economic life are not carried at above their 
recoverable amount, impairment reviews are performed comparing the carrying value of the assets with their recoverable 
amount using value-in-use computations. Impairment testing is performed annually or more frequently if there is an 
indication that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

 For goodwill, the recoverable amount is calculated in respect of each business segment (which may comprise of more than 
one cash generating unit). The business segments represents the lowest levels within the Group at which the associated 
goodwill and indefinite life brands are monitored for management purposes and are not larger than the reported segments 
determined in accordance with IFRS 8 Operating Segments.

 Value-in-use is the recoverable amount calculated on the basis of estimated future cash flows discounted to present value 
and terminal values calculated on the assumption that cash flows continue in perpetuity. The key assumptions used in the 
value-in-use computations are the revenue and operating profit growth rates, the perpetuity growth rate and the discount 
rate applied to the estimated future cash flows.

 The forecasted cash flows for each business segment are based on detailed financial budgets, formally approved by the 
Board, for year one, management’s projected cash flows for the following four years and a terminal value on the assumption 
that cash flows for the first five years will increase at a nominal growth rate in perpetuity. Management forecasts are based 
on an assessment of anticipated market conditions for each segment equating to an average EBIT growth rate of 1% (2010: 
1%) per annum for all segments. A nominal growth rate of 2.5% (2010: 2.5%) in perpetuity was assumed based on an 
assessment of the likely long term growth prospects for the sectors in which the Group operates. The resulting cash flows 
were discounted to present value using a range of discount rates between 8%-12% (2010: 12%).

No impairment losses were recognised by the Group in the current or previous financial year. 

Sensitivity analysis
 The impairment testing carried out at 28 February 2011 identified significant headroom in the recoverable amount of the 
brands and goodwill compared to their carrying values in all business segments. The key sensitivities for the impairment 
testing are revenue and operating profit growth assumptions, discount rates applied to the resulting cashflows and the 
expected long term growth rates. No reasonable adjustments to the assumptions underlying the impairment testing models 
applied would result in any foreseeable risk of an impairment arising.

8 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.   FiNANciAL Assets

company 

Equity investment in subsidiary undertakings at cost 
At beginning of year 
Investment in subsidiary undertakings 
Capital contribution in respect of share options granted to employees of subsidiary undertakings  

At end of year 

2011 
€m 

2010
€m
(restated)

962.2 
- 
4.0 

788.7
171.0
2.5

966.2 

962.2

 The total expense of €4.0m (2010: €2.5m) attributable to share options granted to employees of subsidiary undertakings has 
been included as a capital contribution in financial assets. 

 The prior year now incorporates a reclassification of €171.0m from Amounts due from Group Undertakings which had been 
included within Trade & other receivables, to Financial Assets to more accurately reflect the substance of the transaction.

 In the opinion of the Directors, the shares in the subsidiary undertakings are worth at least the amounts at which they are 
stated in the balance sheet. Details of subsidiary undertakings are set out in note 31.

16.   iNVeNtories

Group 
Raw materials & consumables 
Finished goods & goods for resale 

total inventories at lower of cost and net realisable value 

2011 
€m 

26.7 
14.0 

40.7 

2010
€m

36.7
18.0

54.7

 Inventory write-downs recognised as an expense within operating costs amounted to €1.1m (2010: €0.9m). Previously 
impaired inventory recovered during the financial year and recognised as exceptional income (note 6) amounted to €0.2m 
(2010: €nil).

17.   trADe & otHer receiVABLes

Amounts falling due within one year: 
Trade receivables 
Advances to customers 
Prepayments and other receivables* 

Amounts falling due after one year: 
Advances to customers 
Amounts due from Group undertakings 

total 

Group 

2011 
€m 

2010 
€m 

company - restated
2010
2011 
€m
€m 

91.0 
4.4 
10.1 

81.7 
3.8 
40.3 

105.5 

125.8 

- 
- 
- 

- 

-
-
-

-

20.0 
- 

19.8 
- 

- 
24.9 

-
377.2

20.0 

19.8 

24.9 

377.2

125.5 

145.6 

24.9 

377.2

*  The Group had a Transitional Services Agreement with AB InBev for the provision of accounting services including cash 

collection and payment of liabilities which expired on 28 September 2010. Included in the prior year prepayments balance 
is an amount of €29.9m (settled during current financial year) being a net receivable from AB InBev in relation to cash 
collected on behalf of the Group but not transferred as at 28 February 2010. 

 The book value of trade & other receivables approximates their fair value on the basis that all amounts are falling due within 
one year.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

8 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

17.   trADe & otHer receiVABLes - coNtiNUeD

 The aged analysis of trade receivables and advances to customers analysed between amounts that were neither past due nor 
impaired and amounts past due at 28 February 2011 and 28 February 2010 were as follows:-

Group 
Neither past due nor impaired 

Past due  
Past due 0-30 days 
Past due 31-120 days 
Past due 121-365 days 
More than one year 

total 

Gross  impairment 
2011 
2011 
€m 
€m 

Gross 
2010 
€m 

impairment
2010
€m

109.1 

- 

101.0 

-

2.2 
2.3 
1.6 
3.1 

- 
(0.5) 
(1.3) 
(1.1) 

3.1 
1.9 
0.8 
0.1 

118.3 

(2.9) 

106.9 

-
(0.7)
(0.8)
(0.1)

(1.6)

 A provision for impairment in relation to trade & other receivables and advances to customers is created where the Group 
is not able to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original terms of the agreement with the customer and when 
the outstanding liability is unsecured. The exposure highlighted above for amounts past due more than one year and not 
impaired predominantly relates to advances to customers which are adequately secured.

 Trade receivables are on average receivable within 42 days (2010: 45 days) of the balance sheet date, are unsecured and are 
not interest-bearing. All advances to customers acquired on acquisition of the Tennent’s business were recorded at fair value 
and no additional provisions for impairment were created since the date of acquisition. The movement in the allowance for 
impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:-

Group 
At beginning of year  
Recovered during the year 
Provided during the year 
De-recognised on disposal 
Written off during the year 

At end of year 

18.  trADe & otHer pAYABLes

Trade payables 
Payroll taxes & social security 
VAT   
Excise duty 
Accruals* 

total 

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

1.6 
(0.1) 
1.9 
(0.1) 
(0.4) 

2.9 

1.5
-
0.8
-
(0.7)

1.6

company

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

- 
- 
- 
- 
0.4 

0.4 

-
-
-
-
0.4

0.4

Group 

2011 
€m 

30.3 
1.3 
4.2 
16.2 
87.1 

2010 
€m 

47.8 
1.3 
11.0 
12.3 
91.6 

139.1 

164.0 

*  The prior year accruals balance includes deferred consideration of €30.8m payable to AB InBev on the first anniversary of 
completion of the acquisition of the Irish, Northern Irish and Scottish businesses of AB InBev which was settled on its due 
date, 28 September 2010.

The Group’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade & other payables is disclosed in note 24.

company
 The Company has guaranteed the liabilities of its subsidiary companies incorporated in the Republic of Ireland. As at 28 
February 2011, the Directors consider these to be in the nature of insurance contracts and do not consider it probable that 
the Company will have to make a payment under these guarantees and as such accounts for them as a contingent liability as 
detailed in note 28.

8 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.   proVisioNs

At beginning of year 
Arising on acquisition 
Translation adjustment 
Charged during the year 
Released during the year 
Utilised during the year 

At end of year 

Current 
Non-current 

restructuring 
2011 
€m 

onerous
lease 
2011 
€m 

2.2 
- 
0.1 
5.1 
(0.2) 
(5.1) 

8.2 
6.3 
0.5 
- 
- 
(1.9) 

other 
2011 
€m 

2.2 
- 
- 
- 
(0.4) 
(1.3) 

total 
2011 
€m 

12.6 
6.3 
0.6 
5.1 
(0.6) 
(8.3) 

total
2010
€m

22.1
5.3
-
4.7
(1.8)
(17.7)

2.1 

13.1 

0.5 

15.7 

12.6

4.2 
11.5 

8.4
4.2

15.7 

12.6

Restructuring 
 The restructuring provision relates to severance costs arising from the Group’s ongoing reorganisation programme and is 
expected to be utilised in the next financial year.

Onerous lease 
 The opening onerous lease provision relates to both an onerous lease agreement to which the Group remains committed 
following the consolidation of the Group’s Dublin offices into a single location in 2009, and an onerous lease acquired as 
part of the acquisition of the Gaymer cider business. During the year, it became apparent that a further lease arrangement 
acquired as part of the acquisition of the Gaymer cider business was onerous and an adjustment to the fair value of assets 
and liabilities acquired was necessitated via the creation of an additional onerous lease provision. The value of goodwill 
arising on the acquisition of this business was adjusted accordingly. The onerous leases expire in 2013, 2017 and 2026.

Other 
 Other provisions primarily relate to a provision for the Group’s exposure to employee and third party insurance claims. Under 
the terms of employer and public liability insurance policies, the Group bears a portion of the cost of each claim up to the 
specified excess. The provision is calculated based on the expected portion of settlement costs to be borne by the Group in 
respect of specific claims arising before the balance sheet date. 

20.   iNterest BeAriNG LoANs & BorroWiNGs 

Group and company

Non-current liabilities 

Unsecured bank loans repayable by instalments 
Unsecured bank loans repayable by one repayment on maturity 

current liabilities 

Unsecured bank loans repayable by instalments  

total borrowings 

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

- 
99.8 

32.3
429.4

99.8 

461.7

35.2 

35.2 

16.7

16.7

135.0 

478.4

 Unamortised issue costs of €0.3m (2010: €1.8m) have been netted against outstanding bank loans and are being amortised 
to the income statement on an effective interest rate basis. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

8 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

20.   iNterest BeAriNG LoANs & BorroWiNGs - coNtiNUeD

terms and debt repayment schedule

Unsecured bank loans  
Unsecured bank loans 
Unsecured bank loans 

currency 

Nominal 
rates of 
interest 

euro 
GBp 
GBp 

euribor + 0.35% 
Libor + 2.75% 
Libor + 2.75% 

Year of 
maturity 

2012 
2010 
2011 

2011 
carrying 
value 
€m 

2010
carrying
value
€m

100.0 
- 
35.3 

430.0
17.1
33.1

135.3 

480.2

Borrowing facilities
 The Group manages its borrowing ability by entering into committed loan facility agreements. 

 The Group has in place a euro five year committed revolving loan facility, repayable on 8 May 2012, which is subject to 
variable Euribor interest rates plus a margin, the level of which is dependent on the net debt:EBITDA ratio and which for the 
period ended 28 February 2011 was 35bps. The Group may select an interest period of one, two, three or six months.

 Under the facility agreement, net proceeds arising from the disposal of part of the Group’s business, in excess of an agreed 
de minimis, must be applied to repay outstanding loans. Accordingly, a portion of the net disposal proceeds (€245.0m) arising 
from the Group’s disposal of its Spirits & Liqueurs business was used to part repay the facility and the available committed 
facility was cancelled by the same amount. In addition, voluntary repayments of €55.0m and €30.0m were completed in 
January and February 2011 respectively from surplus cash resources.

 The total euro facility available to the Group at 28 February 2011 was €185.0m of which €100.0m was drawn (28 February 
2010: €430.0m facility - fully drawn).

 The Group also has in place a sterling committed revolving loan facility, repayable by instalment with a final repayment date 
of 30 June 2011. The facility is subject to variable Libor interest rates plus a margin of 275bps. Under the facility agreement, 
the Group may select an interest period of three or six months. At 28 February 2011, the available facility of £30.0m (2010: 
£60.0m of which £45.0m drawn) was fully drawn, £15.0m was repaid in the year. The drawn facility will be repaid from existing 
cash resources on maturity. 

 All bank loans are guaranteed by a number of the Group’s subsidiary undertakings (note 31). The loan facility agreements 
allow the early repayment of debt without incurring additional charges or penalties. All bank loans are repayable in full on 
change of control of the Group. 

The Group’s debt facilities incorporate two financial covenants:

• 

• 

 Interest cover: The ratio of EBITDA to net interest for a period of 12 months ending on each half year date will not be less 
than 3.5:1

 Net debt/EBITDA: The ratio of net debt on each half year date to EBITDA for a period of 12 months ending on a half year 
date will not exceed 3.5:1

 The undrawn committed facilities available to the Group, which are subject to a commitment fee of 50% of the margin 
payable, amounted to €85.0m at 28 February 2011 (2010: £15.0m).

Further information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate, foreign currency and liquidity risk is disclosed in note 24.

21.   ANALYsis oF Net DeBt

Group 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Cash & cash equivalents 

1 March  translation 
2010  adjustment 
€m 

€m 

cash 
flow 
 €m 

Non-cash  28 February
2011
€m

changes 
€m 

478.4 
(113.5) 
364.9 

3.3 
(0.7) 
2.6 

(348.2) 
(14.5) 
(362.7) 

1.5 
- 
1.5 

135.0
(128.7)
6.3

Interest rate swaps (note 24) 

4.9 

- 

3.0 

(5.9) 

369.8 

2.6 

(359.7) 

(4.4) 

2.0

8.3

9 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21.   ANALYsis oF Net DeBt - coNtiNUeD

Group 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Cash & cash equivalents 

1 March  translation 
2009  adjustment 
€m 

€m 

cash 
flow 
€m 

Non-cash  28 February
2010
 €m

changes 
€m 

309.2 
(83.0) 
226.2 

(0.8) 
0.2 
(0.6) 

169.6 
(30.7) 
138.9 

0.4 
- 
0.4 

478.4
(113.5)
364.9

Interest rate swaps (note 24) 

6.3 

- 

4.3 

(5.7) 

4.9

232.5 

(0.6) 

143.2 

(5.3) 

369.8

The non-cash changes relate to the amortisation of issue costs and movements in the fair value of interest rate swaps.

company 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Interest rate swaps (note 24) 

Company 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Interest rate swaps (note 24) 

1 March  translation 
2010  adjustment 
 €m 

€m 

cash 
flow 
 €m 

Non-cash  28 February
2011
€m

changes 
€m 

478.4 

3.3 

(348.2) 

1.5 

135.0

4.9 

- 

3.0 

(5.9) 

2.0

483.3 

3.3 

(345.2) 

(4.4) 

137.0

1 March  translation 
2009  adjustment 
€m 

€m 

cash 
flow 
€m 

Non-cash  28 February
2010
 €m

changes 
€m 

309.2 
6.3 

(0.8) 
- 

169.6 
4.3 

0.4 
(5.7) 

478.4
4.9

315.5 

(0.8) 

173.9 

(5.3) 

483.3

The non-cash changes relate to the amortisation of issue costs and movements in the fair value of interest rate swaps.

22.   recoGNiseD DeFerreD tAX Assets AND LiABiLities

Group 
Property, plant & equipment 
Provision for ROI trade related items 
Provision for UK trade related items 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Derivative financial instruments 

company 
Derivative financial instruments 
Interest free loans fair value adjustment 

2011 

2010

Assets 
€m 

Liabilities 
€m 

  Net assets/ 
liabilities 
€m 

Assets 
€m 

Liabilities 
€m 

  Net assets/
liabilities
€m

5.9 
0.6 
- 
2.0 
0.2 

8.7 

- 
- 
(5.9) 
- 
- 

(5.9) 

2011 

5.9 
0.6 
(5.9) 
2.0 
0.2 

7.6 
1.2 
- 
2.8 
0.7 

- 

(4.6) 
- 
- 

7.6
1.2
(4.6)
2.8
0.7

2.8 

12.3 

(4.6) 

7.7

2010

Assets 
€m 

Liabilities 
€m 

  Net assets/ 
liabilities 
€m 

Assets 
€m 

Liabilities 
€m 

  Net assets/
liabilities
€m

0.2 
0.4 

0.6 

- 
- 

- 

0.2 
0.4 

0.6 

0.5 
8.0 

8.5 

- 
- 

- 

0.5
8.0

8.5

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

9 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

22.   recoGNiseD DeFerreD tAX Assets AND LiABiLities - coNtiNUeD

Analysis of movement in net deferred tax assets/liabilities

  recognised 

1 March 
2010 
€m 

in income  translation 
adjustment 
statement 
€m 
€m 

recognised
in other

comprehensive  28 February
2011
€m

income 
€m 

Group
Property, plant & equipment 
Provision for ROI trade related items 
Provision for UK trade related items 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Derivative financial instruments 

Group 
Property, plant & equipment 
Provision for ROI trade related items 
Provision for UK trade related items 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Derivative financial instruments 

company 
Derivative financial instruments 
Interest free loans fair value adjustment 

Company 
Derivative financial instruments 
Interest free loans fair value adjustment 

There are no unrecognised deferred tax assets or liabilities.

7.6 
1.2 
(4.6) 
2.8 
0.7 

(1.7) 
(0.6) 
(1.1) 
(0.8) 
- 

- 
- 
(0.2) 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
(0.5) 

5.9
0.6
(5.9)
2.0
0.2

7.7 

(4.2) 

(0.2) 

(0.5) 

2.8

1 March 
2009 
€m 

  recognised  recognised 
on 
acquisition 
€m 

in income 
statement 
€m 

recognised
in other

translation  comprehensive  28 February
2010
adjustment 
€m
€m 

income 
€m 

7.3 
1.8 
- 
5.8 
0.1 

0.3 
(0.6) 
(0.7) 
(0.9) 
- 

- 
- 
(4.0) 
- 
- 

15.0 

(1.9) 

(4.0) 

- 
- 
0.1 
- 
- 

0.1 

- 
- 
- 
(2.1) 
0.6 

7.6
1.2
(4.6)
2.8
0.7

(1.5) 

7.7

  1 March 
2010 
€m 

  recognised 
in income 
statement 
€m 

recognised
in other

comprehensive  28 February
2011
€m

income 
€m 

0.5 
8.0 

8.5 

- 
(7.6) 

(7.6) 

(0.3) 
- 

(0.3) 

0.2
0.4

0.6

  recognised 

recognised
in other

  1 March 
2009 
€m 

in income  comprehensive  28 February
2010
statement 
€m
€m 

income 
€m 

0.7 
8.0 

8.7 

- 
- 

- 

(0.2) 
- 

(0.2) 

0.5
8.0

8.5

23.   retireMeNt BeNeFit oBLiGAtioNs

 The Group operates a number of defined benefit pension schemes for employees in the Republic of Ireland and in Northern 
Ireland, all of which provide pension benefits based on final salary and the assets of which are held in separate trustee 
administered funds. The Group provides permanent health insurance cover for the benefit of its employees and separately 
charges this to the income statement.

 The pension scheme assets are held in separate trustee administered funds to meet long-term pension liabilities to past 
and present employees. The trustees of the funds are required to act in the best interest of the funds’ beneficiaries. The 
appointment of trustees to the funds is determined by the schemes’ trust documentation. The Group has a policy in relation 
to its principal staff pension fund that members of the fund should nominate half of all fund trustees.

All schemes are now closed to new members and the Executive Scheme is closed to future accrual.

9 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.   retireMeNt BeNeFit oBLiGAtioNs - coNtiNUeD

Actuarial valuations – funding requirements
 Independent actuarial valuations of the defined benefit schemes are carried out on a triennial basis using the projected unit 
credit method. The funding requirements in relation to the Group’s defined benefit schemes are assessed at each valuation 
date and are implemented in accordance with the advice of the actuaries. The most recently completed actuarial valuations 
of the main schemes were carried out on 1 January 2009 and the actuary, Mercer Human Consulting, submitted Actuarial 
Funding Certificates to the Pensions Board confirming that the Schemes did not satisfy the Minimum Funding Standard at 
that date. The actuarial valuations are not available for public inspection; however the results of the valuations are advised to 
members of the various schemes. 

 As a result of the schemes’ failure to meet the Minimum Funding Standard, the Group is obliged and committed to 
presenting a Funding Proposal to the Pensions Board outlining the actions the Trustee and Group have agreed to take with 
the objective of putting the Scheme in a position to satisfy the funding standard over an agreed term. The Group is currently 
undertaking a consultation process with members and Trustees to achieve defined benefit pension reform.

 Independent actuaries, Mercer Human Resource Consulting, have employed the projected unit credit method to determine 
the present value of the defined benefit obligations arising, the related current service cost and the future funding 
requirements. 

Assumptions 
 The financial assumptions that have the most significant impact on the results of the actuarial valuations are those relating 
to the discount rate used to convert future pension liabilities to current values and the rate of increase in salaries. These and 
other assumptions used are set out below.

 Mortality rates also have a significant impact on the actuarial valuations, and as the number of deaths within the scheme 
have been too small to analyse and produce any meaningful scheme-specific estimates of future levels of mortality, the 
rates used have been based on the most up-to-date mortality tables, which in the case of Non Pensioners are PNL00 62% 
(males) and PNL00 70% (females) and in the case of Pensioners are PNL00 62% (males) and PNL00 70% (females). These 
tables conform to best practice. The growing trend for people to live longer and the expectation that this will continue has 
been reflected in the mortality assumptions used for this valuation as indicated below. This assumption will continue to be 
monitored in the light of general trends in mortality experience. Based on these tables, the assumed life expectations on 
retirement are:

Future life expectations at age 65 

Current retirees – no allowance for future improvements 

Current retirees – with allowance for future improvements 

Future retirements – with allowance for future improvements 

2010
  No of years  No of years

2011 

Male 
Female 

Male 
Female 

Male 
Female 

19.5 
21.8 

22.6 
24.3 

24.3 
26.3 

18.5
21.5

21.6
24.7

22.8
25.7

Scheme liabilities: 
 The average age of active members is 42 and 47 years for the ROI Staff and the UK defined benefit pension schemes 
respectively (the executive defined benefit pension scheme has no active members), while the average duration of liabilities 
ranges from 15 to 28 years.

 The principal long-term financial assumptions used by the Group’s actuaries in the computation of the defined benefit 
liabilities arising on pension schemes as at 28 February 2011 and 28 February 2010 are as follows:

Salary increases 
Increases to pensions in payment 
Discount rate 
Inflation rate 

2011 

2010

roi 

UK 

roi 

UK

0.0% - 3.0% 
3.0% 
5.3% - 5.5% 
2.0% 

4.2% 
2.5% 
5.5% 
3.5% 

0.0% - 3.0% 
3.0% 
5.4% 
2.0% 

4.45%
2.50%
5.75%
3.50%

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

9 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

23.   retireMeNt BeNeFit oBLiGAtioNs - coNtiNUeD

Scheme assets:
 The long-term rates of return expected at 28 February 2011 and 28 February 2010, determined in conjunction with the 
Group’s actuaries and based on market expectations at the beginning of the financial year for investment returns over the 
entire life of the related obligation, analysed by the class of investments in which the schemes’ assets are invested, are as 
follows:

Equity 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash 

2011 

2010

roi 

UK 

roi 

UK

7.00% 
4.50% 
6.00% 
2.50% 

7.43% 
4.43% 
- 
0.50% 

7.60% 
4.40% 
6.10% 
2.50% 

7.75%
4.75%
-
0.50%

 The assumption used is the average of the above assumptions appropriate to the individual asset classes weighted by the 
proportion of the assets in the particular asset class. The investment return on bonds has been based on market yield of the 
bond fund’s benchmark index at the balance sheet date. The assumed investment return on equities allows for a 3.1% ‘equity 
risk premium’ over the 30 year government bond yield.

a.  

impact on Group income statement

Analysis of defined benefit pension expense: 
Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Curtailment gains 
Interest on scheme liabilities 
Expected return on scheme assets 

roi 
€m 

1.0 
- 
(1.9) 
8.2 
(6.6) 

2011 
UK 
€m 

0.2 
- 
(0.1) 
0.2 
(0.2) 

total 
€m 

roi 
€m 

1.2 
- 
(2.0) 
8.4 
(6.8) 

1.5 
0.2 
(3.4) 
8.3 
(6.8) 

2010
UK 
€m 

0.2 
0.1 
- 
0.2 
(0.1) 

total expense/(income) recognised as operating costs 

0.7 

0.1 

0.8 

(0.2) 

0.4 

Analysis of amount recognised in other comprehensive income

total
€m

1.7
0.3
(3.4)
8.5
(6.9)

0.2

2011 
UK 
€m 

roi 
€m 

total 
€m 

roi 
€m 

2010 
UK 
€m 

total 
€m 

roi 
€m 

2009 
UK 
€m 

total 
€m 

roi 
€m 

2008 
UK 
€m 

total 
€m 

roi 
€m 

2007
UK 
€m 

total
€m

(0.9) 

Actual return less
expected return on
scheme assets 
Experience gains
and losses on
scheme liabilities 
Effect of changes
in assumptions on
value of liabilities 
total pension gain/(cost)
recognised in other
comprehensive income  0.1 

1.1 

(0.1) 

0.2 

(0.7)  15.3 

0.6 

15.9 

(44.0) 

(0.8) 

(44.8) 

(26.9) 

(1.1) 

(28.0) 

3.8 

- 

3.8

- 

1.1 

3.2 

0.4 

3.6 

0.1 

(0.2) 

(0.1) 

4.4 

(0.4) 

4.0 

(2.7) 

- 

(2.7)

(0.1) 

(0.2) 

(2.0) 

(0.8) 

(2.8) 

3.2 

0.1 

3.3 

22.6 

3.4 

26.0 

3.6 

(3.2) 

0.4

0.1 

0.2 

16.5 

0.2 

16.7 

(40.7) 

(0.9) 

(41.6) 

0.1 

1.9 

2.0 

4.7 

(3.2) 

1.5

Scheme assets 
Scheme liabilities 

136.9 
(151.9) 

4.3  141.2  131.5 
(4.6) (156.5) (151.9) 

3.1  134.6  107.3 
(3.9)  (155.8)  (151.8) 

2.2  109.5  123.8 
(3.2)  (155.0)  (150.6) 

3.3  127.1  182.7 
(3.7)  (154.3)  (216.6) 

22.4  205.1
(40.0)  (256.6)

Deficit in the scheme 

(15.0) 

(0.3)  (15.3)  (20.4) 

(0.8) 

(21.2) 

(44.5) 

(1.0) 

(45.5) 

(26.8) 

(0.4) 

(27.2) 

(33.9) 

(17.6) 

(51.5)

9 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.   retireMeNt BeNeFit oBLiGAtioNs - coNtiNUeD
b.  

impact on Group balance sheet
The net pension liability at 28 February 2011 is analysed as follows:

Analysis of net pension deficit

Bid value of assets at end of year: 
Equity(i) 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash 

roi 
€m 

51.7 
61.7 
5.1 
18.4 

2011 
UK 
€m 

2.1 
2.1 
- 
0.1 

total 
€m 

roi 
€m 

53.8 
63.8 
5.1 
18.5 

43.9 
56.3 
4.6 
26.7 

2010
UK 
€m 

1.6 
1.5 
- 
- 

total
€m

45.5
57.8
4.6
26.7

136.9 

4.3 

141.2 

 131.5 

3.1 

134.6

Actuarial value of scheme liabilities 

(151.9) 

(4.6) 

(156.5) 

(151.9) 

(3.9) 

(155.8)

Deficit in the scheme 

Related deferred tax asset 

Net pension liabilities 

(15.0) 

(0.3) 

(15.3) 

(20.4) 

(0.8) 

(21.2)

1.9 

0.1 

2.0 

2.6 

0.2 

2.8

(13.1) 

(0.2) 

(13.3) 

(17.8) 

(0.6) 

(18.4)

(i) The defined benefit pension schemes have a passive self investment in C&C Group plc of €16,000 (2010: €nil).

reconciliation of scheme assets (bid values)

Assets at beginning of year 

  Movement in year 

Translation adjustment 
Expected return on assets 
Actual return less expected return on scheme assets 
Employer contributions 
Member contributions 
Premiums paid 
Benefit payments 

roi 
€m 

131.5 

- 
6.6 
(0.9) 
6.0 
0.2 
- 
(6.5) 

2011 
UK 
€m 

3.1 

0.2 
0.2 
0.2 
0.6 
0.1 
- 
(0.1) 

total 
€m 

roi 
€m 

2010
UK 
€m 

total
€m

134.6 

107.3 

2.2 

109.5

0.2 
6.8 
(0.7) 
6.6 
0.3 
- 
(6.6) 

- 
6.8 
15.3 
7.4 
0.4 
(0.2) 
(5.5) 

- 
0.1 
0.6 
0.4 
- 
- 
(0.2) 

-
6.9
15.9
7.8
0.4
(0.2)
(5.7)

Assets at end of year 

136.9 

4.3 

141.2 

131.5 

3.1 

134.6

The expected employer contributions to defined benefit schemes for year ending 29 February 2012 is €6.2m.

The scheme assets had the following investment profile at the year end:

Equities 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash 

2011 

2010

Ni 

roi 

50% 
48% 
- 
2% 

30% 
44% 
3% 
23% 

Ni

51%
47%
-
2%

roi 

38% 
45% 
4% 
13% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100%

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

9 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

23.   retireMeNt BeNeFit oBLiGAtioNs - coNtiNUeD

reconciliation of actuarial value of liabilities 

Liabilities at beginning of year 

  Movement in year 

Translation adjustment 
Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Curt ailment gains 
Interest cost on scheme liabilities 
Member contributions 
Actuarial (gain)/loss immediately recognised in equity 
Premiums paid 
Benefit payments 

roi 
€m 

151.9 

- 
1.0 
- 
(1.9) 
8.2 
0.2 
(1.0) 
- 
(6.5) 

2011 
UK 
€m 

3.9 

0.3 
0.2 
- 
(0.1) 
0.2 
0.1 
0.1 
- 
(0.1) 

total 
€m 

roi 
€m 

2010
UK 
€m 

total
€m

155.8 

151.8 

3.2 

155.0

0.3 
1.2 
- 
(2.0) 
8.4 
0.3 
(0.9) 
- 
(6.6) 

- 
1.5 
0.2 
(3.4) 
8.3 
0.4 
(1.2) 
(0.2) 
(5.5) 

- 
0.2 
0.1 
- 
0.2 
- 
0.4 
- 
(0.2) 

-
1.7
0.3
(3.4)
8.5
0.4
(0.8)
(0.2)
(5.7)

Liabilities at end of year 

151.9 

4.6 

156.5 

151.9 

3.9 

155.8

24.   FiNANciAL iNstrUMeNts AND FiNANciAL risK MANAGeMeNt
(a)   overview of risk exposures and risk management strategy

 The Group’s multinational operations expose it to various financial risks in the ordinary course of business that include 
credit risk, liquidity risk, commodity price risk, currency risk and interest rate risk. The most significant exposures relate to 
changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates as well as the creditworthiness of its counterparties. There has been 
no significant change during the financial year to either the financial risks faced by the Group or the Board’s approach to the 
management of these risks. The Group has a risk management programme in place that seeks to limit the impact of these 
risks on the financial performance of the Group and it is the policy of the Group to manage these risks in a non-speculative 
manner at a reasonable cost.

 The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management 
framework. This is executed through various committees to which the Board has delegated appropriate levels of authority. 

 The Board, through its Committees, has reviewed the process for identifying and evaluating the significant risks affecting the 
business and the policies and procedures by which these risks will be managed effectively. The Board has embedded these 
structures and procedures throughout the Group and considers these to be a robust and efficient mechanism for creating a 
culture of risk awareness at every level of management. 

 As discussed above, the Group’s overall risk management programme seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the 
Group’s financial performance from fluctuations in financial markets when economically viable. The Group achieves the 
management of these risks in part through the use of derivative financial instruments, where appropriate. All derivative 
contracts entered into are in liquid markets with credit rated parties. Treasury activities are performed within strict terms of 
reference that have been approved by the Board.

 This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the financial risks to which the Group is exposed; the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing these risks; and the Groups’ management of liquid resources. 

(b)   Financial assets and liabilities

Fair Value
 The Group’s accounting policies require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and 
liabilities. Set out below are the major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of the Group’s financial 
assets and liabilities. There is no material difference between the fair value of financial assets and liabilities falling due 
within one year and their carrying amount as due to the short term maturity of these financial assets and liabilities their 
carrying amount is deemed to approximate fair value.

Short term bank deposits and cash & cash equivalents
 The nominal amount of all short-term bank deposits and cash & cash equivalents is deemed to reflect fair value at the 
balance sheet date.

Advances to customers
 The nominal amount of all advances to customers, after provision for impairment, is considered to reflect fair value. The 
commercial rationale for such advances is to develop good customer relations rather than to make financial investments.

Trade & other receivables/payables
 The nominal amount of all trade & other receivables/payables after provision for impairment is deemed to reflect fair value 
at the balance sheet date with the exception of provisions and amounts due from Group undertakings which are discounted 
to fair value.

9 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
24.   FiNANciAL iNstrUMeNts AND FiNANciAL risK MANAGeMeNt - coNtiNUeD

Derivatives (interest rate swaps and forward currency contracts)
 The fair values of forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps are based on market price calculations using financial 
models.

 The Group has adopted the following fair value measurement hierarchy for financial derivatives that are measured in the 
balance sheet at fair value:

• 
• 

• 

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities
 Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, 
either directly or indirectly
 Level 3: techniques that use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on 
observable market data.

 In determining fair values of these assets and liabilities that differ from the carrying values level 2 techniques only have been 
used.

Interest bearing loans & borrowings
 The fair value of all interest bearing loans & borrowings has been calculated by discounting all future cash flows to their 
present value using a market rate reflecting the Group’s cost of borrowing at the balance sheet date. All loans bear interest 
at floating rates.

The carrying and fair values of financial assets and liabilities by category were as follows:

Group 

28 February 2011 
Financial assets: 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Derivative financial assets 
Trade receivables 
Advances to customers 

Financial liabilities: 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Trade payables & accruals 
Provisions 

Group 

28 February 2010 
Financial assets: 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Trade receivables 
Advances to customers 

Financial liabilities: 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Trade payables & accruals 
Provisions 

cash flow 
hedges 
€m 

trade & 
other 
receivables 
€m 

Liabilities 
 €m 

carrying 
value 
 €m 

Fair
value
 €m

- 
0.4 
- 
- 

- 
(2.1) 
- 
- 

128.7 
- 
91.0 
24.4 

- 
- 
- 
- 

128.7 
0.4 
91.0 
24.4 

128.7
0.4
91.0
24.4

- 
- 
- 
- 

(135.0) 
- 
(139.1) 
(15.7) 

(135.0) 
(2.1) 
(139.1) 
(15.7) 

(129.0)
(2.1)
(139.1)
(15.7)

(1.7) 

244.1 

(289.8) 

(47.4) 

(41.4)

cash flow 
hedges 
€m 

trade & 
other 
receivables 
€m 

Liabilities 
 €m 

carrying 
value 
 €m 

Fair
value
 €m

- 
- 
- 

113.5 
81.7 
23.6 

- 
- 
- 

113.5 
81.7 
23.6 

113.5
81.7
23.6

- 
(6.8) 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

(478.4) 
- 
(139.4) 
(12.6) 

(478.4) 
(6.8) 
(139.4) 
(12.6) 

(452.2)
(6.8)
(139.4)
(12.6)

(6.8) 

218.8 

(630.4) 

(418.4) 

(392.2)

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

9 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

24.   FiNANciAL iNstrUMeNts AND FiNANciAL risK MANAGeMeNt - coNtiNUeD

company 

28 February 2011 
Financial assets: 
Amounts due from Group undertakings 

Financial liabilities: 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Accruals 

Company 

28 February 2010 
Financial assets: 
Amounts due from Group undertakings 

Financial liabilities: 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Accruals 

cash flow 
hedges 
€m 

trade & 
other 
receivables 
€m 

Liabilities 
 €m 

carrying 
value 
 €m 

Fair
value
 €m

- 

24.9 

- 

24.9 

24.9

- 
(2.0) 
- 

- 
- 
- 

(135.0) 
- 
(0.4) 

(135.0) 
(2.0) 
(0.4) 

(129.0)
(2.0)
(0.4)

(2.0) 

24.9 

(135.4) 

(112.5) 

(106.5)

cash flow 
hedges 
€m 

trade & 
other 
receivables 
€m 

Liabilities 
 €m 

carrying 
value 
 €m 

Fair
value
 €m

- 

377.2 

- 

377.2 

377.2

- 
(4.9) 
- 

- 
- 
- 

(478.4) 
- 
(0.4) 

(478.4) 
(4.9) 
(0.4) 

(452.2)
(4.9)
(0.4)

(4.9) 

377.2 

(478.8) 

(106.5) 

(80.3)

 The carrying values of all derivative financial assets and liabilities held by the Group at 28 February 2011 and 28 February 
2010 were based on fair values arrived at using Level 2 techniques exclusively.

(c)   Accounting for derivative financial instruments and hedging activities 

Group 

Financial assets: current 
Forward exchange contracts 

Financial liabilities: current 
Interest rate swaps 
Forward exchange contracts 

Financial liabilities: non-current 
Interest rate swaps 

Group 

company

2011 
€m 

2010 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

0.4 

0.4 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(1.3) 
(0.1) 

(2.7) 
(1.9) 

(1.3) 
- 

(1.4) 

(4.6) 

(1.3) 

(0.7) 

(2.2) 

(0.7) 

(0.7) 

(2.2) 

(0.7) 

-

-

(2.7)
-

(2.7)

(2.2)

(2.2)

 Derivatives are initially recorded at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and subsequently re-measured to fair 
value at reporting dates. The gain or loss arising on re-measurement is recognised in the income statement except where 
the instrument is a designated hedging instrument under the cash flow hedging model. 

 In order to qualify for hedge accounting, the Group is required to document the relationship between the item being hedged 
and the hedging instrument and demonstrate, at inception, that the hedge relationship will be highly effective on an ongoing 
basis. The hedge relationship must also be tested for effectiveness retrospectively and prospectively on subsequent reporting 
dates. 

 Gains and losses on cash flow hedges that are determined to be highly effective are recognised in other comprehensive 
income and then reflected in a cash flow hedging reserve within equity to the extent that they are actually effective. When 
the related forecasted transaction occurs, the deferred gains or losses are reclassified from other comprehensive income to 
the income statement. Ineffective portions of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument are recognised immediately in the 
income statement. 

9 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24.   FiNANciAL iNstrUMeNts AND FiNANciAL risK MANAGeMeNt - coNtiNUeD

 All interest rate swaps entered into by the Group and Company are designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with IAS 
39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The Group has tested these hedging relationships and determined 
them to be highly effective, both prospectively and retrospectively. The actual level of ineffectiveness arising in such 
relationships is not material.

 The Group ordinarily seeks to apply the hedge accounting model to all forward currency contracts. A shortfall identified 
during the financial year ended 28 February 2009 in expected sterling revenues compared to the forecast transactions 
originally hedged resulted in the Group having surplus contracts to sell sterling. The Group ceased the application of hedge 
accounting in respect of the surplus contracts once the hedged forecast transactions could no longer be regarded as highly 
probable. Forward currency contracts entered into to purchase sterling to offset these contracts were not designated. All 
gains and losses arising on the de-designated contracts were recognised in the income statement from the date of de-
designation, and the balance remaining in the cashflow hedge reserve is recognised in the income statement when the 
forecast transaction occurred. All fair value movements on contracts for which hedge accounting has not been applied were 
accounted for within the income statement. No contracts were de-designated in the current financial year.

 At 28 February 2011, the effective portion of gains and losses arising on derivative contracts have been deferred in other 
comprehensive income only to the extent that they relate to highly probable forecast transactions and where all the hedge 
accounting criteria in IAS 39 have been met.

(d)   credit risk

 Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers, its cash advances to customers 
and deposits and derivative contracts with banks. In the context of the Group’s operations, credit risk is mainly influenced by 
the individual characteristics of individual counterparties and is not deemed significant.

 The Group has detailed procedures for monitoring and managing the credit risk related to its trade receivables and advances 
to customers based on experience, customer track records and historic default rates. Generally, individual ‘risk limits’ are 
set by customer and risk is only accepted above such limits in defined circumstances. A strict credit assessment is made 
of all new applicants who request credit-trading terms. The utilisation and revision, where appropriate, of credit limits is 
regularly monitored. Impairment provision accounts are used to record impairment losses unless the Group is satisfied that 
no recovery of the amount owing is possible. At that point, the amount is considered irrecoverable and is written off directly 
against the trade receivable.

 Advances to customers are generally secured by, amongst others, rights over property or intangible assets, such as the 
right to take possession of the premises of the customer. Interest rates calculated on repayment/annuity advances are 
generally based on the risk-free rate plus a margin, which takes into account the risk profile of the customer and value of 
security given. In some circumstances the interest rate charged may be reduced to reflect the margins earned by the Group 
from trading activity with that customer. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment of advances that represents its 
estimate of incurred losses.

 From time to time, the Group holds significant cash balances, which are invested on a short-term basis and disclosed under 
cash & cash equivalents in the balance sheet. Risk of counterparty default arising on short term cash deposits is controlled 
within a framework of dealing with banks who are members of the Group’s banking syndicate, and by limiting the credit 
exposure to any one of these banks or institutions. Management does not anticipate any counterparty to fail to meet its 
obligations. 

 The Company also bears credit risk in relation to amounts owed by Group undertakings and from guarantees provided in 
respect of the liabilities of wholly owned subsidiaries as disclosed in note 28.

 The carrying amount of financial assets, net of impairment provisions represents the maximum credit exposure. The 
maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date was:-

Group 

company

Trade receivables 
Advances to customers 
Amounts due from Group undertakings 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Forward exchange contracts  

2011 
€m 

91.0 
24.4 
- 
128.7 
0.4 

2010 
€m 

81.7 
23.6 
- 
113.5 
- 

2011 
€m 

- 
- 
24.9 
- 
- 

2010
€m

-
-
377.2
-
-

244.5 

218.8 

24.9 

377.2

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

9 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

24.   FiNANciAL iNstrUMeNts AND FiNANciAL risK MANAGeMeNt - coNtiNUeD

 The ageing of trade receivables and advances to customers together with an analysis of movement in the Group impairment 
provisions against these receivables are disclosed in note 17. The Group does not have any significant concentrations of risk.

(e)   Liquidity risk

 Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group or Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. Liquid 
resources are defined as the total of cash & cash equivalents. The Group does not use off-balance sheet special purpose 
entities as a source of liquidity or financing. The Group’s main liquidity risk relates to maturing debt. The strong cash 
generative nature of the business and the disposal, during the financial year, of the Group’s Spirits and Liqueurs business for 
a gross consideration of €300.0m significantly reduced this risk. The Group ended the year in a strong cash position reporting 
a net debt:EBITDA ratio of 0.07 times (calculated in accordance with the facility agreements) which will allow the Group to 
repay the sterling facility which matures in June 2011 from existing cash resources. 

 The Group’s policy is to ensure that sufficient resources are available either from cash balances, cash flows or committed 
bank facilities to meet all debt obligations as they fall due. To achieve this the Group (a) maintains adequate cash or cash 
equivalent balances; (b) prepares detailed 3 year cash projections; and (c) keeps refinancing options under review. In 
addition, the Group maintains an overdraft facility that is unsecured. Undrawn borrowings available to the Group at the 
balance sheet date amounted to €85.0m. Compliance with the Group’s bi-annual debt covenants (net debt:EBITDA and 
interest cover) is monitored continuously.

 The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest payments and derivatives and excluding 
the impact of netting arrangements:-

Group 

2011 

Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Interest rate swaps – net cash outflows 
FX forward contracts – gross cash outflows 
FX forward contracts – gross cash inflows 
Trade payables & accruals 
Provisions 

carrying  contractual 
cash flows 
amount 
€m 
€m 

6 mths 
or less 
€m 

6-12 
months 
€m 

1-2 years 
 €m 

>2 years
€m

(135.0) 
(2.0) 
(0.1) 
- 
(139.1) 
(15.7) 

(137.8) 
(2.4) 
(23.6) 
23.8 
(139.1) 
(24.4) 

(36.6) 
(0.8) 
(11.8) 
12.2 
(139.1) 
(3.2) 

(0.9) 
(0.8) 
(11.8) 
11.6 
- 
(0.6) 

(100.3) 
(0.8) 
- 
- 
- 
(1.7) 

-
-
-
-
-
(18.9)

total contracted outflows 

(291.9) 

(303.5) 

(179.3) 

(2.5) 

(102.8) 

(18.9)

2010 

Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Interest rate swaps – net cash outflows 
FX forward contracts – gross cash outflows 
FX forward contracts – gross cash inflows 
Trade payables & accruals 
Provisions 

(478.4) 
(4.9) 
(1.9) 
- 
(139.4) 
(12.6) 

(489.2) 
(6.6) 
(55.3) 
53.5 
(139.4) 
(23.9) 

(2.5) 
(1.6) 
(25.8) 
25.0 
(139.4) 
(5.6) 

(19.1) 
(1.9) 
(29.5) 
28.5 
- 
(0.6) 

(37.0) 
(2.1) 
- 
- 
- 
(1.8) 

(430.6)
(1.0)
-
-
-
(15.9)

Total contracted outflows 

(637.2) 

(660.9) 

(149.9) 

(22.6) 

(40.9) 

(447.5)

company 

2011 

Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Interest rate swaps – net cash outflows 
Trade payables & accruals 

carrying  contractual 
cash flows 
amount 
€m 
€m 

(135.0) 
(2.0) 
(0.4) 

(137.8) 
(2.4) 
(0.4) 

6 mths 
or less 
€m 

(36.6) 
(0.8) 
(0.4) 

6-12 
months 
€m 

1-2 years 
€m 

>2 years
€m

(0.9) 
(0.8) 
- 

(100.3) 
(0.8) 
- 

total contracted outflows 

(137.4) 

(140.6) 

(37.8) 

(1.7) 

(101.1) 

-
-
-

-

2010 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Interest rate swaps – net cash outflows 

Trade payables & accruals 

Total contracted outflows 

(478.4) 

(489.2) 

(2.5) 

(19.1) 

(37.0) 

(430.6)

(4.9) 
(0.4) 

(6.6) 
(0.4) 

(1.6) 
(0.4) 

(1.9) 
- 

(2.1) 
- 

(1.0)
-

(483.7) 

(496.2) 

(4.5) 

(21.0) 

(39.1) 

(431.6)

1 0 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24.   FiNANciAL iNstrUMeNts AND FiNANciAL risK MANAGeMeNt - coNtiNUeD
(f)   Market risk

 Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the 
Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage 
and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimising the return on risk.

 The Group enters into derivative contracts to mitigate risks arising in the ordinary course of business, and also incurs 
financial liabilities, in order to manage market risks. The Group carries out all such transactions within the Treasury policy 
as set down by the Board of Directors. Generally the Group seeks to apply hedge accounting in order to manage volatility in 
the income statement.

Currency risk
 The Company’s presentation currency and that of its share capital is euro. The euro is also used for planning and budgetary 
purposes. The Group’s primary currency exposures relate to sales transactions by Group companies in currencies other 
than their functional currencies (transaction risk), and fluctuations in the euro value of the Group’s net investment in sterling 
denominated subsidiary undertakings (translation risk). The Group seeks to minimise its foreign currency transaction 
exposure when economically viable by maximising the value of its foreign currency input costs and creating a natural hedge.

 Currency exposures for the entire Group are managed and controlled centrally. Forward foreign currency contracts are 
used to reduce exposures to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Group policy is to limit the short-term exposures to 
fluctuations in foreign currencies by hedging a portion of the projected non-euro forecast sales revenue up to a maximum 
of two years ahead. The Group does not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. All derivative 
contracts entered into are in liquid markets with credit-approved parties. Treasury operations are controlled within strict 
terms of reference that have been approved by the Board.

 In addition, the Group has a number of long term sterling intra group loans for which settlement is neither planned nor likely 
to happen in the foreseeable future, and as a consequence are deemed quasi equity in nature and are therefore part of the 
Group’s net investment in its foreign operations.

 The Group seeks to partially manage foreign currency translation risk through borrowings denominated in sterling. As 
outlined in note 20, the Group negotiated a sterling debt facility during the prior financial year, which is designated as a 
net investment hedge of its sterling subsidiaries. The Group does not hedge the remaining translation exposure on the 
translation of the profits of foreign currency subsidiaries.

 The net currency gains and losses on transactional currency exposures are recognised in the income statement and the 
changes arising from fluctuations in the euro value of the Group’s net investment in foreign currency subsidiaries are 
reported separately within other comprehensive income.

 The currency profile of the Group’s financial instruments subject to transactional exposure as at 28 February 2011 is as follows:-

Cash & cash equivalents 
Trade receivables 
Advances to customers 
Derivative financial assets and liabilities 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Trade payables & accruals 
Provisions 

total 

sterling 
€m 

UsD/cAD  Not at risk 
€m 

€m 

total
€m

8.4 
7.8 
- 
0.3 
(35.2) 
(4.9) 
- 

3.6 
2.4 
- 
- 
- 
(0.1) 
- 

116.7 
80.8 
24.4 
(2.0) 
(99.8) 
(134.1) 
(15.7) 

128.7
91.0
24.4
(1.7)
(135.0)
(139.1)
(15.7)

(23.6) 

5.9 

(29.7) 

(47.4)

The currency profile of the Company’s financial instruments as at 28 February 2011 is as follows:-

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings 
Derivative financial assets and liabilities 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Trade payables & accruals 

total 

sterling 
€m 

UsD/cAD  Not at risk 
€m 

€m 

total
€m

- 
- 
(35.2) 
- 

(35.2) 

- 
- 
- 

- 

24.9 
(2.0) 
(99.8) 
(0.4) 

24.9
(2.0)
(135.0)
(0.4)

(77.3) 

(112.5)

 Foreign currency contracts in place at 28 February 2011 to sell fixed amounts of sterling for contracted euro amounts can be 
summarised as follows:-

Average
  sterling £m  forward rate 

Year ended 29 February 2012 

20.0 

0.84

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

1 0 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

24.   FiNANciAL iNstrUMeNts AND FiNANciAL risK MANAGeMeNt - coNtiNUeD

 A 10% strengthening in the euro against sterling, Canadian dollar and the US dollar, based on outstanding financial assets 
and liabilities at 28 February 2011, would have a €1.6m negative impact on the income statement and an immaterial impact 
on the cashflow hedging reserve. A 10% weakening in the euro against sterling, Canadian dollar and the US dollar would 
have a €1.9m positive effect on the income statement and an immaterial impact on the cash flow hedging reserve. This 
analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant.

Interest rate risk
 The interest rate profile of the Group and Company’s interest-bearing financial instruments at the reporting date is 
summarised as follows:

Group 

company

Variable rate instruments 
Interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments - notional amounts 

2011 
€m 

2010 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

(135.3) 
128.7 
(50.0) 

(480.2) 
113.5 
(100.0) 

(135.3) 
- 
(50.0) 

(480.2)
-
(100.0)

(56.6) 

(466.7) 

(185.3) 

(580.2)

 The Group and Company’s exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates arises principally from its long-term debt 
obligations. Group treasury, using interest rate swaps to give the desired mix of fixed and floating rate debt, manages 
interest cost and exposure to market risk centrally. The Group policy is to fix interest rates on a percentage of Group debt. 
With the objective of managing this mix in a cost-efficient manner, the Group and Company enter into interest rate swaps 
under which the Group contracts to exchange, at predetermined intervals, the difference between fixed and variable interest 
amounts calculated by reference to a pre-agreed notional principal. These swaps are designated under IAS 39 as cash flow 
hedges to hedge the exposure to variability in cash flow arising from the changes in benchmark interest rates. 

 Interest rate swap contracts in place at 28 February 2011 have the effect of converting up to €50.0m (2010: €100.0m) of 
Group and Company debt from floating rates to fixed rates. The level of cover in place in summarised as follows:-

Expiring on 31 August 2012 

Amount 
fixed 
€m 

Fixed
interest
rate

50.0 

4.57%

 Based on the level and composition of year-end debt, a change in average interest rates of one percent per annum would 
change the interest charge by €0.9m (2010: €3.8m).

Financial instruments: Cash flow hedges
 The following table indicates the periods in which cash flows associated with derivatives that are cash flow hedges are 
expected to occur:-

Group 

28 February 2011 

Interest rate swaps 
- liabilities 

Forward exchange contracts 
- assets 
- liabilities 

28 February 2010 

Interest rate swaps 
- liabilities 

Forward exchange contracts 
- assets 
- liabilities 

1 0 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

carrying 
amount 
€m 

expected 
cash flows 
 €m 

6 months 
or less 
 €m 

6-12 
months 
€m 

1-2  More than 
2 years
 €m

years 
 €m 

(2.0) 

(2.4) 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

0.4 
(0.1) 

0.4 
(0.1) 

0.4 
- 

- 
(0.1) 

- 
- 

(1.7) 

(2.1) 

(0.4) 

(0.9) 

(0.8) 

-

-
-

-

(4.9) 

(6.6) 

(1.6) 

(1.9) 

(2.1) 

(1.0) 

- 
(1.9) 

- 
(1.8) 

- 
(0.8) 

- 
(1.0) 

- 
- 

-
-

(6.8) 

(8.4) 

(2.4) 

(2.9) 

(2.1) 

(1.0)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24.   FiNANciAL iNstrUMeNts AND FiNANciAL risK MANAGeMeNt - coNtiNUeD

 The following table indicates the periods in which cash flows associated with derivatives that are cash flow hedges are 
expected to impact the income statement:-

Group 

28 February 2011 

Interest rate swaps 
- liabilities 

Forward exchange contracts 
- assets 
- liabilities 

28 February 2010 

Interest rate swaps 
- liabilities 

Forward exchange contracts 
- liabilities 

carrying  
Amount 
€m 

expected 
cash flows 
 €m 

6 months 
 or less 
€m 

6-12 
months 
 €m 

1-2  More than
2 years
 €m

years 
 €m 

(2.0) 

(2.4) 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

0.4 
(0.1) 

0.3 
(0.1) 

 0.3 
  - 

- 
(0.1) 

- 
- 

(1.7) 

(2.2) 

(0.5) 

(0.9) 

(0.8) 

-

-
-

-

(4.9) 

(6.6) 

(1.6) 

(1.9) 

(2.1) 

(1.0)

(1.9) 

(1.7) 

(0.8) 

(0.9) 

- 

-

(6.8) 

(8.3) 

(2.4) 

(2.8) 

(2.1) 

(1.0)

 The following table indicates the periods in which cash flows associated with derivatives that are cash flow hedges are 
expected to occur:-

company 

28 February 2011 

Interest rate swaps 
- liabilities 

28 February 2010 

Interest rate swaps 
- liabilities 

carrying 
amount 
€m 

expected  
cash flows 
€m 

6 months 
or less 
 €m 

6-12 
months 
 €m 

1-2  More than 
2 years
€m

years 
 €m 

(2.0) 

(2.4) 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

(2.0) 

(2.4) 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

(4.9) 

(6.6) 

(1.6) 

(1.9) 

(2.1) 

(4.9) 

(6.6) 

(1.6) 

(1.9) 

(2.1) 

-

-

(1.0)

(1.0)

 The cash flows associated with derivatives that are cash flow hedges are expected to impact the income statement in the 
same periods.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

1 0 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

25.  sHAre cApitAL AND reserVes

share capital

At 28 February 2011 
ordinary shares of €0.01 each 

At 28 February 2010 
Ordinary shares of €0.01 each 

At 28 February 2009 
Ordinary shares of €0.01 each 

Authorised 
number 

Allotted and 
called up 
number 

Authorised 
€m 

Allotted and
called up
€m

800,000,000 

337,196,128* 

800,000,000 

334,068,149** 

800,000,000 

328,583,417*** 

8.0 

8.0 

8.0 

3.4

3.3

3.3

inclusive of 12.6m treasury shares which are not fully paid up. The balance of 324,609,460 ordinary shares are fully paid
*  
**  
inclusive of 16.0m treasury shares which are not fully paid up. The balance of 318,068,149 ordinary shares are fully paid
***  inclusive of 12.8m treasury shares which are not fully paid up. The balance of 315,783,417 ordinary shares are fully paid

 All shares in issue carry equal voting and dividend rights. The beneficial owners of the 12.6m shares issued under the Joint 
Share Ownership Plan have waived their right to receive a dividend.

reserves
Group

  Movements in the year ended 28 February 2011  

In September 2010, 1,276,318 ordinary shares were issued to the holders of ordinary shares who elected to receive additional 
ordinary shares at a price of €3.19 per share, instead of part or all the cash element of their year ended 28 February 2010 
final dividend entitlement. In December 2010, 1,261,761 ordinary shares were issued to the holders of ordinary shares who 
elected to receive additional ordinary shares at a price of €3.17 per share, instead of part or all the cash element of their year 
ended 28 February 2011 interim dividend entitlement. Also during the financial year, 589,900 ordinary shares were issued on 
the exercise of share options for a net consideration of €1.2m.

During the financial year 3,413,332 vested Interests awarded under the Joint Share Ownership Plan in December 2008 were 
sold and are no longer accounted for as Treasury shares. In addition, 650,000 unvested Interests held by participants who 
had left the Group were acquired by Kleinwort Benson (Guernsey) Trustees Limited and continue to be held in trust by them 
while a further 50,000 vested Interests held by a participant who had left the Group had not been sold at 28 February 2011. 
As these shares were neither cancelled nor disposed of by the Trust at 28 February 2011 they continue to be included in the 
treasury share reserve.

  Movements in the year ended 28 February 2010  

 In September 2009, 1,345,209 ordinary shares were issued to the holders of ordinary shares who elected to receive additional 
ordinary shares at a price of €2.19 per share, instead of part or all the cash element of their year ended 28 February 2009 
final dividend entitlement. In December 2009, 506,723 ordinary shares were issued to the holders of ordinary shares who 
elected to receive additional ordinary shares at a price of €2.69 per share, instead of part or all the cash element of their year 
ended 28 February 2010 interim dividend entitlement.

 Also during the financial year, 432,800 ordinary shares were issued on the exercise of share options for a consideration of 
€0.8m and a further 3,200,000 shares were issued as part of a Joint Share Ownership Plan for a total consideration of €6.6m, 
of which €0.7m was funded by the participating executives and the balance funded by the Group. These shares are held in 
trust with Kleinwort Benson (Guernsey) Trustees Limited and the entitlements associated with the shares fall to the benefit 
of the relevant executives if certain conditions in the Joint Share Ownership Plan are met over the life of the scheme. 

share premium - company
 The share premium, as stated in the Company balance sheet, represents the premium recognised on shares issued and 
amounts to €788.2m as at 28 February 2011 (2010: €779.0m). The current year movement relates to the exercise of share 
options and the issuance of a scrip dividend to those who elected to receive additional ordinary shares in place of a cash 
dividend. 

share premium - Group
 The change in legal parent of the Group on 30 April 2004, as disclosed in detail in that year’s annual report, was accounted 
for as a reverse acquisition. This transaction gave rise to a reserve of €703.9m, which, for presentation purposes in the 
Group financial statements, has been netted against the share premium in the consolidated balance sheet.

capital redemption reserve and capital reserve
 These reserves initially arose on the conversion of preference shares into share capital of the Company and other changes 
and reorganisations of the Group’s capital structure. These reserves are not distributable.

1 0 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25.  sHAre cApitAL AND reserVes - coNtiNUeD

cash flow hedging reserve
 The hedging reserve includes the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging 
instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred as set out in note 24 together with any deferred gains 
or losses on hedging contracts where hedge accounting was discontinued but the forecast transaction was still anticipated to 
occur.

share-based payment reserve
 The reserve relates to amounts expensed in the income statement in connection with share option grants falling within the 
scope of IFRS 2 Share-based Payment plus amounts received from participants on award of Interests under the Group’s Joint 
Share Ownership Plan less reclassifications to retained income following exercise/forfeit post vesting or lapse of such share 
options and Interests, as set out in note 5.

currency translation reserve
 The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences from 1 March 2004, arising from the translation of the 
Group’s net investment in its non-euro denominated operations, including the translation of the profits of such operations 
from the average exchange rate for the year to the exchange rate at the balance sheet date, as adjusted for the translation of 
foreign currency borrowings designated as net investment hedges.

treasury shares
 This reserve arises when the Company issues equity share capital under its Joint Share Ownership Plan, which is held in 
trust by the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust. The consideration paid, 90% by a Group company and 10% by the participants, in 
respect of these shares is deducted from total shareholders’ equity and classified as treasury shares on consolidation until 
such time as the Interests vest and the participant acquires the shares from the Trust or the Interests lapse and the shares 
are cancelled or disposed of by the Trust. 

capital management
 The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for the benefit of shareholders and stakeholders, to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain the 
future development of the business through the optimisation of the value of the debt and equity shareholding balance. There 
are no externally imposed requirements with respect to capital. The Board considers capital to comprise long-term debt and 
equity.

 The Board periodically reviews the capital structure of the Group, considering the cost of capital and the risks associated 
with each class of capital. The Board approves any material adjustments to the capital structure in terms of the relative 
proportions of debt and equity. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may issue new shares, dispose 
of assets, alter dividend policy or return capital to shareholders. In respect of the financial year ended 28 February 2011 the 
Company paid an interim dividend on ordinary shares of 3.3c per share (2010: 3.0c per share) and the Directors propose, 
subject to shareholder approval, that a final dividend of 3.3c per share be paid, bringing the total dividend for the year to 6.6c 
per share (2010: 6.0c per share).

 The level of debt in the capital structure is measured by the ratio of Net debt:EBITDA before exceptional items. In the period 
following the disposal of the Group’s Spirits & Liqueurs business, this ratio reduced from 2.8 at 28 February 2010 to 0.07 at 
28 February 2011. The Group’s sterling debt facility matures in June 2011 and will be repaid from existing cash resources 
while its primary euro debt facility matures in May 2012. It is Group policy to ensure that a structure of long term debt 
funding is in place at least 6 months in advance of the maturity date of existing borrowings.

company income statement
 In accordance with Section 148(8) of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1963, the income statement of the Company has not 
been presented separately in these consolidated financial statements. A loss of €5.6m (2010: €8.2m profit) was recognised in 
the individual Company income statement of C&C Group plc.

26.   cApitAL coMMitMeNts 

 At the year-end, the following capital commitments authorised by the Board had not been provided for in the financial 
statements:-

Contracted 
Not contracted 

2011 
€m 

7.0 
11.7 

18.7 

2010
€m

5.7
2.7

8.4

 The contracted capital commitments at 28 February 2011 and 28 February 2010 primarily relate to costs associated with 
the implementation of a JD Edwards IT system in the acquired businesses. The implementation of the new system into the 
Tennent’s business was completed in August 2010 while the transfer of the Gaymer’s business onto the new platform is 
scheduled to complete in May 2011.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

1 0 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

27.  coMMitMeNts UNDer operAtiNG LeAses

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases at the year end are as follows:

2011 

2010

Land & 

plant & 
buildings  machinery 
€m 

€m 

Payable in less than one year 
Payable between 1 and 5 years 
Payable greater than 5 years 

4.0 
14.7 
18.9 

37.6 

0.8 
2.0 
- 

2.8 

other 
€m 

0.6 
0.1 
- 

0.7 

Land & 

plant &
buildings  machinery 
€m 

€m 

total 
€m 

5.4 
16.8 
18.9 

3.9 
15.7 
21.3 

41.1 

40.9 

other 
€m 

0.4 
0.9 
- 

1.3 

total
€m

5.7
19.7
21.3

46.7

1.4 
3.1 
- 

4.5 

28.   GUArANtees AND coNtiNGeNcies

 Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of companies within the 
Group, the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such. The Company treats the 
guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that it will be required to make a payment 
under the guarantee. 

 As outlined in note 20, the Company has two syndicated bank loan facilities in place, a euro loan facility entered into in May 
2007 and a sterling facility entered into in November 2009. The Company, together with a number of its subsidiaries as 
detailed in note 31, gave a letter of guarantee to secure its obligations in respect of these loans. The actual loans outstanding 
at 28 February 2011 amounted to €135.3m (2010: €480.2m).

 During the financial year, Tennent Caledonian Breweries UK Limited, entered into a guarantee with Clydesdale Bank plc 
whereby it guaranteed £250,000 plus interest and charges of the drawn debt of one of its customers. The guarantee expires 
on the earliest of; 10 years from the date on which the guarantee becomes effective, the secure liabilities are repaid, or by 
mutual agreement with Clydesdale Bank plc.

 Enterprise Ireland funding of €0.4m (€0.2m in current financial year) was received under the terms of the Irish Government’s 
Employment Subsidy Scheme and a further €0.6m (€0.3m in current financial year) was received towards the costs of 
implementing developmental projects. Scottish Enterprise Board funding of €0.2m was received under the terms of its 
Regional Selective Assistance Scotland Scheme. These funds are fully repayable should the Company at any time during the 
term of the Agreements be in breach of the terms and conditions of the Agreements. The Agreements terminate five years 
from inception.

 Under the terms of the Sale Purchase Agreement with respect to the disposal of the Soft Drinks business to Britvic plc, the 
Group had a maximum exposure of €249.2m in relation to warranties undertaken. The time limit for the submission of all 
claims with respect to these warranties, with the exception of any claim relating to tax, was 4 years and expired in June 2009. 
The tax warranty expires in February 2012.

 Under the terms of the Sale Purchase Agreements with respect to the disposal of the Wines and Spirits distribution 
businesses in the year to 28 February 2009, the Group had a maximum exposure of €9.6m with respect to the Republic of 
Ireland business and £1.9m with respect to the Northern Ireland business in relation to warranties undertaken. The time 
limit for all claims with respect to these warranties expired on 13 June 2010 and 26 August 2010 respectively, except for any 
claim relating to tax in Northern Ireland where the time limit is 7 years from the transaction date. 

 Under the terms of the Sale Purchase Agreement with respect to the current year disposal of the Group’s Spirits & Liqueurs 
business to William Grant Holdings & Sons Limited, the Group has a maximum aggregate exposure of €300.0m in relation to 
warranties. All claims with respect to these warranties must be presented in writing to the Group within eighteen months after the 
date of the sale agreement (December 2011), except for any claim relating to tax where the time limit is 5 years. 

 Pursuant to the provisions of Section 17 of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986, the Company has guaranteed the 
liabilities of its subsidiary companies incorporated in the Republic of Ireland for the financial year to 28 February 2011 and as 
a result such subsidiaries are exempt from the filing provisions of Section 7, Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986 (note 31).

1 0 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29.  reLAteD pArtY trANsActioNs

 The principal related party relationships requiring disclosure in the consolidated financial statements of the Group under 
IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures pertain to the existence of subsidiaries, transactions entered into by the Group with these 
subsidiary undertakings and the identification and compensation of key management personnel.

(a)   Group

Transactions
 Transactions between the Group and its related parties are made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s length 
transactions.

Subsidiary undertakings
 The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. A listing of all 
subsidiaries is provided in note 31. Sales to and purchases from, together with outstanding payables and receivables, are 
eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IAS 27 Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

Key management personnel 
 For the purposes of the disclosure requirements of IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures, the Group has defined the term ‘key 
management personnel’, as its executive and non-executive Directors. Executive Directors participate in the Group’s share option 
programmes (note 5). No other non-cash benefits are provided. Non-executive Directors do not receive share-based payments or 
post employment benefits.

Details of the remuneration of key management is as follows:-

Number of individuals 

Salaries and other short term employee benefits 
Post employment benefits 
Cash settled long term incentive plan 
Equity settled share-based payments 

total  

2011 
Number 

2010
Number

11 

€m 

2.4 
0.4 
- 
1.4 

4.2 

12

€m

2.2
0.4
0.1
1.0

3.7

 Tony O’Brien, who resigned from the Board on 5 August 2010, has been included in the headcount numbers. Sir Brian 
Stewart, who succeeded Tony O’Brien as Chairman of the Group, was formally elected as a non-executive Director on 5 
August 2010 following his appointment to the Board on 9 March 2010.

 Executive Directors, Brendan Dwan and John Holberry, who resigned from the Board on 1 May 2009 and 31 August 2009 
respectively, are included in the prior year headcount and disclosure of remuneration charged to the income statement.

 John Dunsmore is a non-executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee of Fuller Smith & Turner Plc, a 
company with which the Group has a trading relationship. He receives and retains an annual fee of £45,000 in relation to this role.

The relevant disclosure of Directors remuneration as required under the Companies Act, 1963 is as outlined above.

(b)   company

 The Company has a related party relationship with its subsidiary undertakings. Details of the transactions in the year 
between the Company and its subsidiary undertakings are as follows: 

Expenses paid on behalf of and recharged by subsidiary undertakings to the Company  
Equity settled share-based payments for employees of subsidiary undertakings  
Repayment of cash funding by subsidiary undertakings/other movements in trade & other receivables balance 
Funding of cash requirements of subsidiary undertakings  

(12.1) 
4.0 
371.2 
- 

(10.0)
2.5
(0.2)
(171.0)

2011 
€m 

2010
€m

30.  post BALANce sHeet eVeNts

 The Group has conditionally agreed to dispose of its wholesaling business in Northern Ireland (Quinns of Cookstown) for an 
undisclosed consideration, subject to employee consultation. This business was not held for sale as at 28 February 2011 and 
has not been accounted for as such.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

1 0 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes - coNtiNUeD
Forming part of the financial statements

31.   sUBsiDiArY UNDertAKiNGs

trading subsidiaries 
incorporated and registered in republic of ireland 
^  Bulmers Limited 
#*^  C&C Group International Holdings Limited 
*^  C&C Group Irish Holdings Limited 
*^  C&C (Holdings) Limited 
* 
*^  Cantrell & Cochrane Limited 
* 
*^  Tennent’s Beer Limited (formerly Annerville Beer Limited) 
*^  Wm. Magner Limited 

C&C Management Services 2007 Limited 

Findlater (Wine Merchants) Limited 

Nature of business 

class of shares held (100%)

Cider 
Holding company 
Holding company 
Holding company 
Provision of management services 
Holding company 
Holding company 
Beer Distribution 
Cider distribution 

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

incorporated and registered in the UK 
^~  C&C Holdings (NI) Limited  

C&C Management Services (UK) Limited 

^  Magners GB Limited (formerly Gaymer Cider Company Limited) 
~  Quinns of Cookstown (1964) Limited 
^ 
~ 

Tennent Caledonian Breweries UK Limited 
Tennent’s NI Limited (formerly C&C Northern Ireland Limited) 

Holding company 
Provision of management services 
Cider 
Cider, beer & soft drinks distribution 
Beer 
Cider & beer distribution 

incorporated and registered in Luxembourg 
^  C&C IP Sàrl 
^  C&C Luxembourg Sàrl 

other  

Licensing activity 
Holding and Group financing company 

Ordinary
Ordinary 

Wm. Magner GmbH (incorporated and registered in Germany) 
Wm. Magner, Inc (incorporated and registered in the USA) 

Cider distribution 
Cider distribution 

Ordinary
Ordinary

Nature of business 

class of shares held (100%)

Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 

Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary 
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

C&C Agencies Limited 

Non-trading subsidiaries 
incorporated and registered in republic of ireland 
*  Bestormel Limited 
*  Bouchel Limited 
* 
^*  C&C Brands Limited  
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
*  Magners Irish Cider Limited 
*  M O’Sullivan & Sons Limited 
* 
* 
* 
* 

C&C (Investments) Limited  
C&C Group Pension Trust (No. 2) Limited 
C&C Group Pension Trust Limited 
C&C Profit Sharing Trustee Limited 
Ciscan Net Limited (previously TJ Carolan & Son Limited) 
Cravenby Limited 
Edward and John Burke (1968) Limited 
Fruit of the Vine Limited 
Lough Corrib Mineral Water Company Limited 

Sceptis Limited (formerly Tullamore Dew Company Limited) 
Showerings (Ireland) Limited 
Thwaites Limited 
Vandamin Limited 

incorporated and registered in the UK 
~  C&C Logistics (NI) Limited 
~  C&C Profit Sharing Trustee (NI) Limited 

Gaymer Cider Company Limited 

~  Reihill McKeown Limited 

1 0 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.   sUBsiDiArY UNDertAKiNGs - coNtiNUeD

trading subsidiaries 
incorporated and registered in the Netherlands 

Cantrell & Cochrane B.V. 

Nature of business 

class of shares held (100%)

Non-trading 

Ordinary

*   Companies covered by Section 17 guarantees (note 28)
^   Original guarantors in respect of the Group’s Committed Revolving Loan Agreements
#  

Immediate subsidiary of C&C Group plc

All the above companies have their registered office at Annerville, Clonmel, Co Tipperary with the exception of:-

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

C&C Group plc which has its registered office at Block 71, The Plaza, Parkwest Business Park, Dublin 12,
 C&C Luxembourg Sàrl and C&C IP Sarl which have their registered offices at L-1232 Luxembourg, 18 avenue Marie-
Thérèse,
 C&C Management Services (UK) Limited, Magners GB Limited and Gaymer Cider Company Limited which have their 
registered offices at The Communications  Building, 48 Leicester Square, London, WC2H 7LT,
Cantrell & Cochrane B.V. which has its registered office at Locatellikade 1, 1076AZ Amsterdam, The Netherlands,
 Tennent Caledonian Breweries UK Limited which has its registered office at Wellpark Brewery, 161 Duke Street, 
Glasgow, G31 1JD,

-  Wm Magner GmbH which has its registered office at Hans-Steiberger-StraBe 2b, 85540 Harr, 
- 

 Wm Magner, Inc. which has its registered office at is 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805, County of New 
Castle, and,
those marked “~” which have their registered offices at Hawthorn House, 6 Wildflower Way, Belfast, Antrim BT12 6TA.

- 

32.   ApproVAL oF FiNANciAL stAteMeNts

These financial statements were approved by the Directors on 18 May 2011. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

1 0 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
sHAreHoLDer AND otHer iNForMAtioN

C&C Group plc is an Irish registered company. Its ordinary shares are quoted on the Irish and London Stock Exchanges. C&C Group plc 
also has a Level 1 American Depository Receipts (ADR) programme for which Deutsche Bank acts as depository (symbol CCGGY). Each 
ADR share represents three C&C Group plc ordinary shares. Shareholder with queries concerning their ADR holdings should contact: 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 
C/o American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Peck Slip Station, P.O. Box 2050, New York, NY 10272-2050. 
Tel:  

Toll free +1 866 249 2593 
International +1 718 921 8137 

Email:  DB@amstock.com 

crest
C&C Group plc is a member of the CREST share settlement system therefore transfer of the Company’s shares takes place through the 
CREST settlement system. Shareholders have the choice of holding their shares in electronic form or in the form of share certificates. 
Shareholders should consult their stockbroker if they wish to hold their shares in electronic form.

reGistrArs
Shareholders with queries concerning their holdings, dividend information or administrative matters should contact the Group’s 
registrars:

Capita Registrars (Ireland) Limited 
Unit 5, Manor Street Business Park, Manor Street, Dublin 7
Tel:  +353 1 810 2400
Fax: +353 1 810 2422
Email: enquiries@capitaregistrars.ie

DiViDeND pAYMeNts
An interim dividend of 3.3c per was paid in respect of ordinary shares on 13 December 2010.

A final dividend of 3.3c, if approved by shareholders at the 2011 Annual General Meeting, will be paid in respect of ordinary shares on 13 
July 2011. A scrip alternative will be offered to shareholders.

Dividend Withholding Tax (‘DWT’) must be deducted from dividends paid by an Irish resident company, unless a shareholder is entitled 
to an exemption and has submitted a properly completed exemption form to the Company’s Registrars. DWT applies to dividends paid 
by way of cash or by way of shares under a scrip dividend scheme and is deducted at the standard rate of income tax (currently 20%). 
Non-resident shareholders and certain Irish companies, trusts, pension schemes, investment undertakings, companies resident in 
any member state of the European Union and charities may be entitled to claim exemption from DWT and have been sent the relevant 
exemption form. Further copies of the form may be obtained from Capita Registrars. Shareholders should note that DWT will be 
deducted from dividends in cases where a properly completed exemption form has not been received by the relevant record date. 
Individuals who are resident in Ireland for tax purposes are not entitled to an exemption. 

Shareholders who wish to have their dividend paid direct to a bank account, by electronic funds transfer, should contact Capita 
Registrars to obtain a mandate form. Tax vouchers will be sent to the shareholder’s registered address under this arrangement.

crest members
Shareholders who hold their shares via CREST will automatically receive dividends in euro unless they elect otherwise.

Non-crest members
Shareholders who hold their shares in certificate form will automatically receive dividends in euro with the following exceptions:

•  Shareholders with an address in the United Kingdom (UK) will automatically receive dividends in sterling
•  Shareholders who had previously elected to receive dividends in a particular currency will continue to receive dividends in that 

currency.

Shareholders who wish to receive dividends in a currency other than that which will be automatically used should contact Capita 
Registrars.

secretArY AND reGistereD oFFice
Sinead Gillen
C&C Group plc
Block 71, The Plaza, Parkwest Business Park, Dublin 12. 
Tel:  +353 1 616 1100
Fax: +353 1 654 6272

iNVestor reLAtioNs
FD K Capital Source
10 Merrion Square, Dublin 2

1 1 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
priNcipAL BANKers
AIB Bank 
Bank of Ireland
Lloyds TSB
Ulster Bank

soLicitors 
McCann FitzGerald
Riverside One, Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2

stocKBroKers
Davy 
49 Dawson Street, Dublin 2

Goldman Sachs International
Peterborough Court, 133 Fleet Street, London, EC4A 2BB

AUDitor
KPMG
Chartered Accountants
1 Stokes Place, St. Stephen’s Green, Dublin 2

FiNANciAL cALeNDAr 
Annual General Meeting 
Ex-dividend date 
Record date for dividend 
Latest date for receipt of elections and mandates 
Payment date for final dividend  
Interim results announcement  
Interim dividend payment 
Financial year-end 

 Date
29 June 2011
25 May 2011
27 May 2011
27 June 2011
13 July 2011
October 2011
December 2011
29 February 2012

eLectroNic coMMUNicAtioNs
Following the introduction of the Transparency Regulations 2007, and in order to promote a more cost effective and environmentally 
friendly approach, the Company provides the Annual Report electronically to shareholders via the Group’s website and only sends a 
printed copy to those who specifically request one. Shareholders who wish to alter the method by which they receive communications 
should contact the Company’s registrar. All shareholders will continue to receive printed proxy forms, dividend documentation, 
shareholder circulars, and, if the Company deems it appropriate, other documentation by post.

WeBsite
Further information on C&C Group plc is available at www.candcgroupplc.com.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 1

1 1 1

Notes

1 1 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

e

i
.

i

n
g
s
e
d
e
c
r
u
o
s
.
w
w
w

Block 71, The Plaza,
Parkwest Business Park, Dublin 12 
www.candcgroupplc.com

100%

TT-COC-002507